SERVICE MANUAL US Model Canadian Model DVP-NS755V AEP Model UK Model DVP-NS705V/NS905V E Model DVP-NS915V Russian Model Saudi Arabia Model Middle East Model Australian Model New Zealand Model DVP-NS905V CD/DVD PLAYER DVP-NS705V/NS755V/ NS905V/NS915V RMT-D146P/D147A/D147E/D1470/D147P SPECIFICATIONS Photo: DVP-NS905V (Silver type) System Laser: Semiconductor laser Signal format system: DVP-NS755V: NTSC DVP-NS915V: NTSC/PAL (To change the color system) Audio characteristics Frequency response: DVD VIDEO (PCM 96 kHz): 2 Hz to 44 kHz (44 kHz: –2 dB ±1 dB)/Super Audio CD: 2 Hz to 100 kHz (50 kHz: –3 dB ±1 dB)/CD: 2 Hz to 20 kHz (±0.5 dB) Signal-to-noise ratio (S/N ratio): 115 dB (LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks only (LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) jacks only) (AEP, UK, Russian) ) (EXCEPT AEP, UK, Russian) Harmonic distortion: 0.003 % Dynamic range: DVD VIDEO/Super Audio CD: 103 dB/CD: 99 dB Wow and flutter: Less than detected value (±0.001% W PEAK) (Jack name: Jack type/Output level/Load impedance) LINE OUT (AUDIO) 1/2: Phono jack/ 2 Vrms/10 kilohms DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL): Optical output jack/–18 dBm (wave length: 660 nm) DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL): Phono jack/ 0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms 5.1CH OUTPUT: Phono jack/2 Vrms/ 10 kilohms COMPONENT VIDEO OUT(Y, PB/CB, PR/ CR): Phono jack/Y: 1.0 Vp-p/PB/CB, PR/ CR: 0.7 Vp-p/75 ohms LINE OUT (VIDEO) 1/2: Phono jack/ 1.0 Vp-p/75 ohms S VIDEO OUT 1/2: 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL), 0.286 Vp-p (NTSC)/75 ohms General Power requirements: 110 V AC, 60 Hz 120 V AC, 60 Hz 220 V AC, 60 Hz 22 110–240 V AC, 50/60 Hz 0–240 V AC, 50/60 Hz See page 1-1 for further information Power consumption: 15 W 16 W 17 18 W W See page 1-1 for further information Mass (approx.): DVP-NS705V/NS755V: 2.6 kg (5 47/64 lb) DVP-NS905V/NS915V: 2.8 kg (6 3/16 lb) Operating temperature: 5 ° C to 35 ° C (41 °F to 95 °F) Operating humidity: 25 % to 80 % Supplied accessories Specifications and design are subject to change without notice. ENERGY STAR R is a U.S. registered mark. As an ENERGY STARR Partner, Sony Corporation has determined that this product meets the ENERGY STAR R guidelines for energy efficiency. DVP-NS705V/NS905V: PAL (NTSC) Outputs ( AEP, UK, Russian: EXCEPT AEP, UK, Russian: Jack name: Jack type/Output level/Load impedance) LINE OUT (AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/ 10 kilohms DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL): Optical output jack/–18 dBm (wave length: 660 nm) DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL): Phono jack/ 0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms 5.1CH OUTPUT: Phono jack/2 Vrms/ 10 kilohms LINE OUT (VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p/ 75 ohms S VIDEO OUT: 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL), 0.286 Vp-p (NTSC)/75 ohms Check that you have the following items: • Audio/video cord (pinplug × 3 y pinplug × 3) (1) • Remote commander (remote) (1) • Size AA (R6) batteries (2) Dimensions (approx.): DVP-NS705V/NS755V: 430 × 74 × 257 mm (17 × 3 × 10 1/8 in.) DVP-NS905V/NS915V: 430 × 77 × 257 mm (17 × 3 1/8 × 10 1/8 in.) (width/height/depth) incl. projecting parts www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 2 – WARNING!! WHEN SERVICING, DO NOT APPROACH THE LASER EXIT WITH THE EYE TOO CLOSELY. IN CASE IT IS NECESSARY TO CONFIRM LASER BEAM EMISSION, BE SURE TO OBSERVE FROM A DISTANCE OF MORE THAN 25 cm FROM THE SURFACE OF THE OBJECTIVE LENS ON THE OPTICAL PICK-UP BLOCK. CAUTION: The use of optical instrument with this product will increase eye hazard. CAUTION Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous ra- diation exposure. ATTENTION AU COMPOSANT AYANT RAPPORT À LA SÉCURITÉ! LES COMPOSANTS IDENTIFIÉS PAR UNE MARQUE 0 SUR LES DIAGRAMMES SCHÉMATIQUES ET LA LISTE DES PIÈCES SONT CRITIQUES POUR LA SÉCURITÉ DE FONCTIONNEMENT. NE REMPLACER CES COM- POSANTS QUE PAR DES PIÈCES SONY DONT LES NUMÉROS SONT DONNÉS DANS CE MANUEL OU DANS LES SUPPLÉMENTS PUBLIÉS PAR SONY. SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!! COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK 0 OR DOTTED LINE WITH MARK 0 ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND IN THE PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS PUB- LISHED BY SONY. Fig. A. Using an AC voltmeter to check AC leakage. 1.5 kΩ 0.15 µF AC voltmeter (0.75 V) To Exposed Metal Parts on Set Earth Ground LEAKAGE TEST The AC leakage from any exposed metal part to earth ground and from all exposed metal parts to any exposed metal part having a return to chassis, must not exceed 0.5 mA (500 microamperes). Leakage current can be measured by any one of three methods. 1. A commercial leakage tester, such as the Simpson 229 or RCA WT-540A. Follow the manufacturers' instructions to use these instruments. 2. A battery-operated AC milliammeter. The Data Precision 245 digital multimeter is suitable for this job. 3. Measuring the voltage drop across a resistor by means of a VOM or battery-operated AC voltmeter. The “limit” indica- tion is 0.75V, so analog meters must have an accurate low- voltage scale. The Simpson 250 and Sanwa SH-63Trd are ex- amples of a passive VOM that is suitable. Nearly all battery operated digital multimeters that have a 2V AC range are suit- able. (See Fig. A) 1. Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-sol- dered connections. Check the entire board surface for solder splashes and bridges. 2. Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are “pinched” or contact high-wattage resistors. 3. Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly transis- tors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point them out to the customer and recommend their replacement. 4. Look for parts which, though functioning, show obvious signs of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and recom- mend their replacement. 5. Check the line cord for cracks and abrasion. Recommend the replacement of any such line cord to the customer. 6. Check the B+ voltage to see it is at the values specified. 7. Check the antenna terminals, metal trim, “metallized” knobs, screws, and all other exposed metal parts for AC leakage. Check leakage as described below. SAFETY CHECK-OUT After correcting the original service problem, perform the following safety checks before releasing the set to the customer: Unleaded solder Boards requiring use of unleaded solder are printed with the lead- free mark (LF) indicating the solder contains no lead. (Caution: Some printed circuit boards may not come printed with the lead free mark due to their particular size.) : LEAD FREE MARK Unleaded solder has the following characteristics. • Unleaded solder melts at a temperature about 40°C higher than ordinary solder. Ordinary soldering irons can be used but the iron tip has to be applied to the solder joint for a slightly longer time. Soldering irons using a temperature regulator should be set to about 350°C. Caution: The printed pattern (copper foil) may peel away if the heated tip is applied for too long, so be careful! • Strong viscosity Unleaded solder is more viscous (sticky, less prone to flow) than ordinary solder so use caution not to let solder bridges occur such as on IC pins, etc. • Usable with ordinary solder It is best to use only unleaded solder but unleaded solder may also be added to ordinary solder. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 3 – TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Page Section Title Page Service Note ............................................................................ 4 1. GENERAL Precautions ................................................................... 1-1 Simple Start Guide ........................................................ 1-3 Hookups ........................................................................ 1-4 Playing Discs ................................................................. 1-8 Searching for a Scene................................................... 1-11 Viewing Information About the Disc .............................. 1-12 Sound Adjustments ....................................................... 1-13 Enjoying Movies ............................................................ 1-14 Using Various Additional Functions .............................. 1-16 Settings and Adjustments ............................................. 1-18 Additional Information ................................................... 1-20 2. DISASSEMBLY 2-1. Case Removal ............................................................... 2-1 2-2. Tray Cover Ass’y Removal ............................................ 2-1 2-3. Front Panel Block Ass’y Removal ................................. 2-1 2-4. Power Block Removal ................................................... 2-1 2-5. Mechanism Deck Removal ........................................... 2-2 2-6. AV-64 Board Removal ................................................... 2-2 2-7. MB-105 Board Removal ................................................ 2-2 2-8. ER-19 Board Removal .................................................. 2-2 2-9. IF-94 Board Removal .................................................... 2-3 2-10. Optical Pick-up Removal ............................................... 2-3 2-11. Internal Views ................................................................ 2-4 2-12. Circuit Boards Location ................................................. 2-5 3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS 3-1. Overall Block Diagram................................................... 3-1 3-2. RF/Servo Block Diagram ............................................... 3-3 3-3. Signal Processor Block Diagram .................................. 3-5 3-4. System Control Block Diagram ..................................... 3-7 3-5. Video (1) Block Diagram ............................................... 3-9 3-6. Video (2) Block Diagram ............................................... 3-11 3-7. Audio (1) Block Diagram ............................................... 3-13 3-8. Audio (2) Block Diagram ............................................... 3-15 3-9. Interface Control Block Diagram ................................... 3-17 3-10. Power (1) Block Diagram .............................................. 3-19 3-11. Power (2) Block Diagram .............................................. 3-21 4. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-1. Frame Schematic Diagram............................................ 4-3 4-2. Printed Wiring Boards and Schematic Diagrams ......... 4-5 MS-81 (LOADING) Printed Wiring Board and Schematic Diagram ................................................ 4-5 MB-105 Printed Wiring Board ....................................... 4-7 MB-105 (RF AMP, SERVO) Schematic Diagram .......... 4-11 MB-105 (ARP, SERVO DSP) Schematic Diagram ........ 4-13 MB-105 (AV DECODER) Schematic Diagram .............. 4-15 MB-105 (MOTOR DRIVE) Schematic Diagram ............ 4-17 MB-105 (SYSTEM CONTROL) Schematic Diagram ....................................................... 4-19 MB-105 (CLOCK GENERATOR) Schematic Diagram ....................................................... 4-21 MB-105 (I/P CONVERTOR) Schematic Diagram ......... 4-23 MB-105 (VIDEO ENCODER, AUDIO D/A CONVERTER) Schematic Diagram .............................. 4-25 MB-105 (AUDIO DSP) Schematic Diagram .................. 4-27 MB-105 (2ch/6ch DAC) Schematic Diagram ................ 4-29 MB-105 (SACD DECODER) Schematic Diagram ........ 4-31 LE-34 (LED) Printed Wiring Board and Schematic Diagram ................................................ 4-33 AV-64 Printed Wiring Board .......................................... 4-35 AV-64 (VIDEO BUFFER) Schematic Diagram .............. 4-39 AV-64 (AUDIO AMP) Schematic Diagram .................... 4-41 AV-64 (5.1CH AUDIO AMP) Schematic Diagram ......... 4-43 IF-94 Printed Wiring Board ........................................... 4-45 IF-94 (IF CON) Schematic Diagram ............................. 4-49 ER-19 Printed Wiring Board.......................................... 4-51 ER-19 (EURO AV) Schematic Diagram ........................ 4-53 ETXNY393N2F Printed Wiring Board ........................... 4-55 ETXNY393N2F (SWITCHING REGULATOR) Schematic Diagram ....................................................... 4-57 HS12S1U Printed Wiring Board .................................... 4-59 HS12S1U Schematic Diagram ...................................... 4-61 HS12S1F Printed Wiring Board .................................... 4-63 HS12S1F Schematic Diagram ...................................... 4-65 5. IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 5-1. System Control Pin Function (MB-105 Board IC104) .................................................. 5-1 6. TEST MODE 6-1. General Description ...................................................... 6-1 6-2. Starting Test Mode ........................................................ 6-1 6-3. Syscon Diagnosis .......................................................... 6-1 6-4. Drive Auto Adjustment .................................................. 6-6 6-5. Drive Manual Operation ................................................ 6-8 6-6. Mecha Aging ................................................................. 6-11 6-7. Emergency History ........................................................ 6-11 6-8. Version Information ....................................................... 6-12 6-9. Video Level Adjustment ................................................ 6-12 6-10. IF CON Self Diagnostic Function .................................. 6-12 6-11. Troubleshooting ............................................................. 6-19 7. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT 7-1. Power Supply Check ..................................................... 7-1 1. ETXNY393N2F/HS12S1U/HS12S1F ........................... 7-1 7-2. Adjustment of Video System ......................................... 7-2 1. Video Level Adjustment ................................................ 7-2 2. Progressive Video Output Level Adjustment ................ 7-2 3. Checking S Video Output S-Y ....................................... 7-2 4. Checking S Video Output S-C....................................... 7-2 5. Checking Component Video Output Y .......................... 7-3 6. Checking Component Video Output B-Y ...................... 7-3 7. Checking Component Video Output R-Y ...................... 7-3 7-3. Adjustment Related Parts Arrangement ....................... 7-6 8. REPAIR PARTS LIST 8-1. Exploded Views ............................................................. 8-1 8-1-1. Front Panel Assembly (NS705V/NS755V) .............. 8-1 8-1-2. Front Panel Assembly (NS905V/NS915V) .............. 8-2 8-1-3. Chassis Assembly (NS705V/NS755V) .................... 8-3 8-1-4. Chassis Assembly (NS905V/NS915V) .................... 8-4 8-1-5. Mechanism Deck Assembly ..................................... 8-5 8-2. Electrical Parts List ....................................................... 8-6 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 4 – SERVICE NOTE 1. DISASSEMBLY • This set can be disassembled in the order shown below. Set Case (Page 2-1) Power Block (Page 2-1) Optical Pick-Up (Page 2-3) IF-94 Board (Page 2-3) AV-64 Board (Page 2-2) ER-19 Board (Page 2-2) MB-105 board (Page 2-2) Mechanism Deck (Page 2-2) Tray Cover Ass’y (Page 2-1) Front Panel Block Ass’y (Page 2-1) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 5 – 1 MB-105 board 6 CK-122 board 2 Stand 4 Two screws (B3) 3 Connector (CN101) 5 Connector (CN601) 3. HOW TO SERVICE MB-105 BOARD • Use the service jig. 2. DISC REMOVAL PROCEDURE (at POWER OFF) 1) Insert a tapering driver into the aperture of the unit bottom, and move the lever of chuck cam in the direction of the arrow A. (See Fig. 1) 2) Draw out the tray in the direction of the arrow B, and remove a disc. (See Fig. 1) Fig. 1 Tray Lever of chuck cam Aperture B A Harness 6P (J-6090-126-A) Five flexible flat cables CK-120 board (J-6090-127-A) CK-122 board (J-6090-129-A) Stand CK-121 board (J-6090-132-A) FFC 26P J-6090-117-A FFC-9P J-6090-118-A FFC-5P J-6090-119-A FFC-15P J-6090-121-A FFC 25P J-6090-122-A 1) Remove the case from the set. (Refer to 2-1) 2) Remove the MB-105 board from the set. (Refer to 2-4) 3) Set the MB-105 board as shown in Fig. 2. Fig. 2 4) Set the CK-120 board as shown in Fig. 3. Fig. 3 2 Four screws (B3) 3 Connector (CN601) 4 Connector (CN102) 5 Connector (CN101) 6 Flexible flat cables (FMM-035: CN201) 6 Two flexible flat cables (FMO-001: CN203, FMO-002: CN204) 1 CK-120 board www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 6 – 5) Set the four flexible flat cables as shown in Fig. 4. Fig. 4 6) Set the flexible flat cable and harness as shown in Fig. 5. Fig. 5 7 Connector (CN202) 1 Flexible flat cable (FFC 26P: CN203) 8 Flexible flat cable (FFC 15P: CN112) 2 Flexible flat cable (FFC 9P: CN204) 3 Flexible flat cable (FFC 5P: CN201) 4 Connector (CN112) 5 Connector (CN112) 6 Connector (CN112) 1 Connector (CN301) 2 Flexible flat cable (FFC 25P: CN114) 3 Connector (CN102) 4 Harness 6P (CN110) Fig. 6 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-1 SECTION 1 GENERAL This section is extracted from instruc- tion manual DVP-NS755V/NS915V (3-075-803-11). DVP-NS705V/NS755V/NS905V/NS915V 3 Precautions • The power requirements and power consumption of this player are indicated on the back of the player. Check that the player’s operating voltage is identical with your local power supply. On safety • Caution – The use of optical instruments with this product will increase eye hazard. • To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not place objects filled with liquids, such as vases, on the apparatus. • Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, unplug the player and have it checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further. On power sources • The player is not disconnected from the AC power source as long as it is connected to the wall outlet, even if the player itself has been turned off. • If you are not going to use the player for a long time, be sure to disconnect the player from the wall outlet. To disconnect the AC power cord, grasp the plug itself; never pull the cord. • Should the AC power cord need to be changed, have it done at a qualified service shop only. On placement • Place the player in a location with adequate ventilation to prevent heat build-up in the player. • Do not place the player on a soft surface such as a rug that might block the ventilation holes. • Do not place the player in a location near heat sources, or in a place subject to direct sunlight, excessive dust, or mechanical shock. • Do not install the player in an inclined position. It is designed to be operated in a horizontal position only. • Keep the player and discs away from equipment with strong magnets, such as microwave ovens, or large loudspeakers. • Do not place heavy objects on the player. On operation • If the player is brought directly from a cold to a warm location, or is placed in a very damp room, moisture may condense on the lenses inside the player. Should this occur, the player may not operate properly. In this case, remove the disc and leave the player turned on for about half an hour until the moisture evaporates. • When you move the player, take out any discs. If you don’t, the disc may be damaged. On adjusting volume Do not turn up the volume while listening to a section with very low level inputs or no audio signals. If you do, the speakers may be damaged when a peak level section is played. On cleaning Clean the cabinet, panel, and controls with a soft cloth slightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder or solvent such as alcohol or benzine. On cleaning discs Do not use a commercially available cleaning disc. It may cause a malfunction. If you have any questions or problems concerning your player, please consult your nearest Sony dealer. DVP–XXXX 00V 00Hz 00W NO. 0-000-000-00 X Power requirements and power consumption t IMPORTANT NOTICE Caution: This player is capable of holding a still video image or on-screen display image on your television screen indefinitely. If you leave the still video image or on-screen display image displayed on your TV for an extended period of time you risk permanent damage to your television screen. Projection televisions are especially susceptible to this. 7 Example of discs that the player cannot play The player cannot play the following discs: • All CD-ROMs (including PHOTO CDs)/ CD-Rs/CD-RWs other than those recorded in the following formats: –music CD format –video CD format –MP3 format that conforms to ISO9660* Level 1/Level 2, or its extended format, Joliet • Data part of CD-Extras • DVD-ROMs • DVD Audio discs * A logical format of files and folders on CD- ROMs defined by ISO (International Standard Organization). Also, the player cannot play the following discs: • A DVD VIDEO with a different region code. • A disc that has a non-standard shape (e.g., card, heart). • A disc with paper or stickers on it. • A disc that has the adhesive of cellophane tape or a sticker still left on it. For DVP-NS755V The player cannot play discs recorded in a color system other than NTSC, such as PAL or SECAM (this player conforms to the NTSC color system). Note Some DVD-Rs, DVD-RWs, CD-Rs, or CD-RWs cannot be played on this player due to the recording quality or physical condition of the disc, or the characteristics of the recording device. The disc will not play if it has not been correctly finalized. Also, images in DVD-RW discs with CPRM* protection may not be played if they contain a copy protection signal. “Copyright lock” appears on the screen. For more information, see the operating instructions for the recording device. Note that discs created in the Packet Write format cannot be played. * CPRM (Content Protection for Recordable Media) is a coding technology that protects the copyright of images. Note on playback operations of DVDs and VIDEO CDs Some playback operations of DVDs and VIDEO CDs may be intentionally set by software producers. Since this player plays DVDs and VIDEO CDs according to the disc contents the software producers designed, some playback features may not be available. Also, refer to the instructions supplied with the DVDs or VIDEO CDs. Copyrights This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents, other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation, and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. 8 Notes about the Discs • To keep the disc clean, handle the disc by its edge. Do not touch the surface. • Do not expose the disc to direct sunlight or heat sources such as hot air ducts, or leave it in a car parked in direct sunlight as the temperature may rise considerably inside the car. • After playing, store the disc in its case. • Clean the disc with a cleaning cloth. Wipe the disc from the center out. • Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners, or anti-static spray intended for vinyl LPs. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-2 9 Index to Parts and Controls For more information, refer to the pages indicated in parentheses. Front panel DVP-NS755V DVP-NS915V A [/1 (on/standby) button/indicator (33) Lights up in green when the power is on and lights up in red when the player is in standby mode. B PROGRESSIVE indicator (76) Lights up when outputting progressive signals. C SUPER AUDIO CD indicator Lights up when playing a Super Audio CD. D MULTI CHANNEL indicator Lights up when: —playing a disc that contains multiple audio signal channels. —the disc is not inserted. E Disc tray (33) F A (open/close) button (33) G ./> (previous/next) buttons (34) H C/X/x/c ENTER buttons (38) I Click shuttle (36) J JOG button/indicator (36) K TOP MENU button (38) L MENU button (38) (41) M O RETURN button (34) N DISPLAY button (13) O x (stop) button (34) P X (pause) button (34) Q H (play) button (33) R Front panel display (10) S (remote sensor) (16) T SURROUND button (57) U PICTURE MODE button (62) ,continued 10 Front panel display When playing back a DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW When playing back a VIDEO CD with Playback Control (PBC) (40) When playing back a CD, Super Audio CD, DATA CD (MP3 audio), or VIDEO CD (without PBC) * When playing the HD layer of Super Audio CD discs, the disc type is not displayed. z Hint You can turn off the front panel display by setting “DIMMER” in “CUSTOM SETUP” to “OFF” in the Setup Display (page 77). Playing time (52) Disc type Current audio signal (56) Lights up when you can change the angle (60) Current play mode (43) Current audio signal (56) Playing status Current title and chapter (52) For DVP-NS915V Lights up when the player outputs the signal in NTSC format Disc type Playing time (52) Current scene (52) Current play mode (43) Playing status For DVP-NS915V Lights up when the player outputs the signal in NTSC format Playing time (52) Disc type* Lights up when playing MP3 audio tracks (41) Current play mode (43) Current track and index (52) Playing status Lights up when playing the multi-channel playback area on Super audio CDs For DVP-NS915V Lights up when the player outputs the signal in NTSC format 11 Rear panel DVP-NS755V DVP-NS915V A DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL) jack (25) (26) (27) B DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL) jack (25) (26) (27) C 5.1CH OUTPUT jacks (27) D LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks (24) (25) (26) E LINE OUT (VIDEO) 1/2 jacks (20) F S VIDEO OUT 1/2 jacks (20) G COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks (20) The jack names differ depending on the models. DVP-NS755V: Y, PB, PR DVP-NS915V: Y, PB/CB, PR/CR H COMPONENT VIDEO OUT/SCAN SELECT switch (76) DIGITAL OUT PCM/DTS/DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL 5.1CH OUTPUT W O O F E R L R FRONT REAR C E N T E R 1 2 AUDIO L R VIDEO LINE OUT S VIDEO OUT 1 2 Y PR SCAN SELECT PB COMPONENT VIDEO OUT SELECTABLE INTERLACE PROGRESSIVE DIGITAL OUT PCM/DTS/MPEG/ DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL 5.1CH OUTPUT W O O F E R L R FRONT REAR C E N T E R 1 2 AUDIO L R VIDEO LINE OUT S VIDEO OUT 1 2 Y PR/CR SCAN SELECT PB/CB COMPONENT VIDEO OUT SELECTABLE INTERLACE PROGRESSIVE ,continued 12 Remote A TV/DVD switch (70) B Z OPEN/CLOSE button (34) C Number buttons (38) The number 5 button has a tactile dot.* D CLEAR button (43) (DVP-NS755V only) CLEAR/- (ten’s digit) button (70) (DVP-NS915V only) E SACD (Super Audio CD)/CD button (40) F SACD MULTI/2CH (super audio CD multi/2 channel) button (39) G SUBTITLE button (60) H AUDIO button (55) I TIME/TEXT button (51) J REPEAT button (46) K ./> PREV/NEXT (previous/ next) buttons (34) L c / C SEARCH/STEP buttons (35) M H PLAY button (33) The H button has a tactile dot.* N X PAUSE button (34) O C/X/x/c buttons (38) P DISPLAY button (13) Q TOP MENU button (38) R [/1 (on/standby) button (33) S VOL (volume) +/– buttons (70) The + button has a tactile dot.* T TV/VIDEO button (70) U ENTER button V WIDE MODE button (70) W SHUFFLE button (45) X A-B button (46) Y PICTURE NAVI (picture navigation) button (49) Z ANGLE button (60) wj PICTURE MODE button (62) wk SUR (surround) button (57) wl REPLAY button (34) e; SEARCH MODE button (48) ea m/M SCAN/SLOW buttons (35) es x STOP button (34) ed ENTER button (29) ef O RETURN button (34) eg MENU button (38) (41) * Use the tactile dot as a reference when operating the player. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-3 13 Guide to the Control Menu Display Use the Control Menu to select a function and to view related information. Press DISPLAY repeatedly to turn on or change the Control Menu display as follows: z Hint You can skip the ADVANCED display by setting “OFF” under “ADVANCED” in the Control Menu (page 53). Control Menu Display The Control Menu display 1 and 2 will show different items depending on the disc type. For details about each item, please refer to the pages in parentheses. Example: Control Menu display 1 when playing a DVD VIDEO. * Displays the scene number for VIDEO CDs (PBC is on), track number for VIDEO CDs/ Super audio CDs/CDs, album number for DATA CDs. ** Displays the index number for VIDEO CDs/ Super audio CDs/CDs, MP3 audio track number for DATA CDs. Control Menu display 1 m Control Menu display 2 (DVD/VIDEO CD only) m ADVANCED display (DVD only. See page 53.) m Control Menu display off , Control Menu display 1 m Control Menu display 2 (DVD/VIDEO CD only) m ADVANCED display (DVD only. See page 53.) m Control Menu display off OFF 1: ENGLISH 2: FRENCH 3: SPANISH OFF 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO PLAY Select: Cancel: SUBTITLE ENTER RETURN Currently playing chapter number** Playing time Total number of chapters** Options Current setting Total number of titles* Playback status (N Playback, X Pause, x Stop, etc.) Function name of selected Control Menu item Operation message Selected item Control Menu items Type of disc being played Currently playing title number* ,continued 14 List of Control Menu Items Item Item Name, Function, Relevant Disc Type TITLE (page 48)/SCENE (page 48)/TRACK (page 48) Selects the title, scene, or track to be played. CHAPTER (page 48)/INDEX (page 48) Selects the chapter or index to be played. ALBUM (page 41) Selects the album to be played. TRACK (page 48) Selects the track to be played. INDEX (page 48) Selects the index to be played. ORIGINAL/PLAY LIST (page 38) Selects the type of titles (DVD-RW) to be played, the ORIGINAL one, or an edited PLAY LIST. TIME/TEXT (page 48) Checks the elapsed time and the remaining playback time. Input the time code for picture and music searching. Displays the DVD/Super Audio CD/CD text, or the DATA CD’s track name. MULTI/2CH (page 39) Selects the playback area on Super Audio CDs when available. AUDIO (page 55) Changes the audio setting. SUBTITLE (page 60) Displays the subtitles. Changes the subtitle language. ANGLE (page 60) Changes the angle. SURROUND (page 57) Selects the surround functions. ADVANCED (page 53) Displays the information (bit rate or layer) of the disc currently playing. PARENTAL CONTROL (page 65) Set to prohibit playback on this player. SETUP (page 73) QUICK Setup (page 29) Use Quick Setup to choose the desired language of the on-screen display, the aspect ratio of the TV, the audio output signal, and the size of the speakers you are using. CUSTOM Setup In addition to the Quick Setup setting, you can adjust various other settings. RESET Returns the settings in “SETUP” to the default setting. 15 z Hint The Control Menu icon indicator lights up in green when you select any item except “OFF.” (“SURROUND,” “PROGRAM,” “SHUFFLE,” “REPEAT,” “A-B REPEAT,” “BNR,” “DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER” only). The “ANGLE” indicator lights up in green only when the angles can be changed. The “CUSTOM PICTURE MODE” indicator lights up in green when any setting other than “STANDARD” is selected. PROGRAM (page 43) Selects the title, chapter, or track to play in the order you want. SHUFFLE (page 45) Plays the title, chapter, or track in random order. REPEAT (page 46) Plays the entire disc (all titles/all tracks/all albums) repeatedly or one title/chapter/ track/album repeatedly. A-B REPEAT (page 46) Specifies the parts you want to play repeatedly. BNR (page 61) Adjusts the picture quality by reducing the “block noise” or mosaic like patterns that appear on your TV screen. CUSTOM PICTURE MODE (page 62) Adjusts the video signal from the player. You can select the picture quality that best suits the program you are watching. DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER (page 64) Exaggerates the outline of the image to produce a sharper picture. PICTURE NAVIGATION (page 49) Divides the screen into 9 subscreens to help you find the scene you want quickly. t 16 Simple Start Guide Quick Overview A quick overview presented in this guide will give you enough information to start using the player for your enjoyment. To use the surround sound features of this player, refer to “Hookups” on page 20. Notes • You cannot connect this player to a TV that does not have a video input jack. • Be sure to disconnect the power cord of each component before connecting. Step 1: Unpacking Check that you have the following items: • Audio/video cord (pinplug × 3 y pinplug × 3) (1) • Remote commander (remote) (1) • Size AA (R6) batteries (2) Step 2: Inserting Batteries Into the Remote You can control the player using the supplied remote. Insert two Size AA (R6) batteries by matching the 3 and # ends on the batteries to the markings inside the compartment. When using the remote, point it at the remote sensor on the player. Notes • Do not leave the remote in an extremely hot or humid place. • Do not drop any foreign object into the remote casing, particularly when replacing the batteries. • Do not expose the remote sensor to direct light from the sun or a lighting apparatus. Doing so may cause a malfunction. • If you do not use the remote for an extended period of time, remove the batteries to avoid possible damage from battery leakage and corrosion. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-4 17 Simple Start Guide Step 3: TV Hookups Connect the supplied audio/video cord and the power cord in the order (1~3) shown below. Be sure to connect the power cord last. To change the aspect ratio for the connected TV Depending on the disc and the TV type (standard 4:3 screen TV or wide screen TV), the image may not fit the TV screen. If this happens, change the aspect ratio (page 75). When connecting to a TV that accepts progressive 480p (525p) format signals You need to use the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks to view progressive signals. Hook up your TV using pattern C on page 20, and then run Quick Setup on page 29. To change the color system (DVP-NS915V only) The color system of the player can be set to NTSC or PAL. If the on-screen display does not appear on the TV, change the color system of the player to match the color system of the connected TV (NTSC or PAL). To change the color system, hold "/1 down for a few seconds while pressing X on the player. DIGITAL OUT PCM/DTS/DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL 1 2 AUDIO L R VIDEO LINE OUT S VIDEO OUT 1 2 Y PR SCAN SELECT PB COMPONENT VIDEO OUT SELECTABLE INTERLACE PROGRESSIVE 5.1CH OUTPUT W O O F E R L R FRONT REAR C E N T E R VIDEO AUDIO INPUT L R (yellow) (white) (red) 1 2 AUDIO L R VIDEO LINE OUT to LINE OUT (VIDEO)1 or 2 to audio input 1 Audio/video cord (supplied) 2 Power source to video input to LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO)1 or 2 CD/DVD Player TV 3 Power source l : Signal flow ,continued 18 z Hints • To check the current setting of the player’s color system, press "/1. The power indicator lights up in green. If “NTSC” appears on the front panel display, the color system of the player is set to NTSC. If not, the color system is set to PAL. • When connecting to a monaural TV, use a stereo- mono conversion cord (not supplied). Connect the LINE OUT (VIDEO) 1/2 jack on the player to the TV’s video input jack, and connect the LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks to the TV’s audio input jack. 19 Simple Start Guide Step 4: Playing a Disc Example: DVP-NS755V A Turn on the TV. B Press [/1 on the player. C Switch the input selector on your TV so that the signal from the player appears on the TV screen. D Press A on the player to open the disc tray. E Place the disc on the tray with the playback side facing down. F Press H. The disc tray closes and the player begins playing the disc. After step 6 Depending on the disc, a menu may be displayed on the TV screen. If so, select the item you want from the menu and play the DVD VIDEO (page 38) or VIDEO CD disc (page 40). To stop playing Press x. To remove the disc Press A. To turn off the player Press [/1. The player enters standby mode and the power indicator lights up in red. With the playback side facing down 20 Hookups Hooking Up the Player Follow steps 1 to 4 to hook up and adjust the settings of the player. Before you start, disconnect the power cords, check that you have all of the supplied accessories, and insert the batteries into the remote (page 16). Notes • Plug cords securely to prevent unwanted noise. • Refer to the instructions supplied with the components to be connected. Step 1: Connecting the Video Cords Connect this player to your TV monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) using a video cord. Select one of the patterns A through C, according to the input jack on your TV monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver). In order to view progressive signal pictures with a compatible TV, projector, or monitor, you must use connection C. B A C INPUT S VIDEO PR PB Y COMPONENT VIDEO IN VIDEO AUDIO INPUT L R DIGITAL OUT PCM/DTS/DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL 1 2 AUDIO L R VIDEO LINE OUT S VIDEO OUT 1 2 Y PR SCAN SELECT PB COMPONENT VIDEO OUT SELECTABLE INTERLACE PROGRESSIVE 5.1CH OUTPUT W O O F E R L R FRONT REAR C E N T E R Audio/video cord (supplied) l : Signal flow Component video cord (not supplied) (yellow) TV, projector or AV amplifier (receiver) CD/DVD player TV, projector or AV amplifier (receiver) (green) S VIDEO cord (not supplied) TV, projector or AV amplifier (receiver) (red) (blue) (yellow) (green) (blue) (red) to LINE OUT (VIDEO)1 or 2 to COMPONENT VIDEO OUT to S VIDEO OUT 1 or 2 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-5 21 Hookups A If you are connecting to a video input jack Connect the yellow plug of the audio/video cord (supplied) to the yellow (video) jacks. You will enjoy standard quality images. Use the red and white plugs to connect to the audio input jacks (page 24). (Do this if you are connecting to a TV only.) B If you are connecting to an S VIDEO input jack Connect an S VIDEO cord (not supplied). You will enjoy high quality images. C If you are connecting to a monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) having component video input jacks (Y, PB, PR or Y, PB/CB, PR/CR) Connect the component via the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks using a component video cord (not supplied) or three video cords (not supplied) of the same kind and length. You will enjoy accurate color reproduction and high quality images. If your TV accepts progressive 480p (525p) format signals, you must use this connection and set “COMPONENT OUT” to “PROGRESSIVE” in “SCREEN SETUP” (page 76). For DVP-NS915V You can switch the player’s color system to match the color system of the connected TV (page 17). Notes • Do not connect a VCR, etc. between your TV and the player. If you pass the player signals via the VCR, you may not receive a clear image on the TV screen. If your TV has only one audio/video input jack, connect the player to this jack. • Consumers should note that not all high definition television sets are fully compatible with this product and may cause artifacts to be displayed in the picture. In the case of progressive scan picture problems, it is recommended that you switch the connection to the standard definition output. If there are questions regarding your Sony TV set’s compatibility with this DVD player, please contact our customer service center. Yellow (Video) White (L) Red (R) Yellow (Video) White (L) Red (R) Green Blue Red Green Blue Red VCR CD/DVD player TV Connect directly 22 Step 2: Connecting the Audio Cords Refer to the chart below to select the connection that best suits your system. Be sure to also read the instructions for the components you wish to connect. Select a connection Select one of the following connections, through . Components to be connected Connection Your setup (example) TV • Surround effects: TVS DYNAMIC (page 57), TVS WIDE (page 57) (page 24) Stereo amplifier (receiver) and two speakers • Surround effects: TVS STANDARD (page 58) or MD deck/DAT deck • Surround effects: TVS STANDARD (page 58). (page 25) AV amplifier (receiver) having a Dolby* Surround (Pro Logic) decoder and 3 to 6 speakers • Surround effects: Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) (page 87) (page 26) AV amplifier (receiver) with 5.1 ch input jacks and 4 to 6 speakers • Surround effects: – Dolby Digital (5.1 ch) (page 87) – DTS (5.1 ch) (page 87) – Super Audio CD Multi channel (page 88) – MPEG audio (5.1 ch) (page 88) or AV amplifier (receiver) with digital input jacks having a Dolby, DTS** or MPEG audio decoder and 6 speakers • Surround effects: – Dolby Digital (5.1ch) (page 87) – DTS (5.1ch) (page 87) – MPEG audio (5.1 ch) (page 88) (page 27) A D A B C D 23 Hookups z Hint If you connect an AV amplifier (receiver) that conforms to the 96 kHz sampling frequency, use connection . * Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby,” “Pro Logic,” and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. ** Manufactured under license from Digital Theater Systems, Inc. US Pat. No. 5,451,942, 5,956,674, 5,974,380, 5,978,762 and other world-wide patents issued and pending. “DTS” and “DTS Digital Surround” are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc. Copyright 1996, 2000 Digital Theater Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. D 24 Connecting to your TV This connection will use your TV speakers for sound. * The yellow plug is used for video signals (page 20). z Hint When connecting to a monaural TV, use a stereo- mono conversion cord (not supplied). Connect the LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks to the TV’s audio input jack. A DIGITAL OUT PCM/DTS/DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL 1 2 AUDIO L R VIDEO LINE OUT S VIDEO OUT 1 2 Y PR SCAN SELECT PB COMPONENT VIDEO OUT SELECTABLE INTERLACE PROGRESSIVE 5.1CH OUTPUT W O O F E R L R FRONT REAR C E N T E R 1 2 AUDIO L R VIDEO LINE OUT A TV l : Signal flow CD/DVD player (white) (red) Audio/video cord (supplied) to audio input (yellow) (white) (red) (yellow)* to LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1 or 2 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-6 25 Hookups Connecting to a stereo amplifier (receiver) and 2 speakers/Connecting to an MD deck or DAT deck If the stereo amplifier (receiver) has audio input jacks L and R only, use . If the amplifier (receiver) has a digital input jack, or when connecting to an MD deck or DAT deck, use . In this case, you can also connect the player directly to the MD deck or DAT deck without using your stereo amplifier (receiver). z Hints • In connection , you can use the supplied audio/video cord instead of using a separate stereo audio cord. • To realize better surround sound effects, make sure that your listening position is in between your speakers. Note Super Audio CD audio signals are not output from the digital jack. B B-1 B-2 DIGITAL OUT PCM/DTS/DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL 1 2 AUDIO L R VIDEO LINE OUT S VIDEO OUT 1 2 Y PR SCAN SELECT PB COMPONENT VIDEO OUT SELECTABLE INTERLACE PROGRESSIVE 5.1CH OUTPUT W O O F E R L R FRONT REAR C E N T E R B-2 B-1 DIGITAL OUT PCM/DTS/DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL 1 2 AUDIO L R VIDEO LINE OUT CD/DVD player or Stereo amplifier (receiver) MD deck/DAT deck Front (L) Front (R) [Speakers] (white) (red) (red) (white) Coaxial digital cord (not supplied) Stereo audio cord (not supplied) to audio input to coaxial or optical digital input Optical digital cord (not supplied) Remove jack cap before connecting or to LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1 or 2 to DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) l: Signal flow B-1 ,continued 26 Connecting to an AV amplifier (receiver) having a Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) decoder and 3 to 6 speakers You can enjoy the Dolby Surround effects only when playing Dolby Surround audio or multi- channel audio (Dolby Digital) discs. If your amplifier (receiver) has L and R audio input jacks only, use . If your amplifier (receiver) has a digital input jack, use . z Hint For correct speaker location, refer to the operating instructions of the amplifier (receiver). Notes • When connecting 6 speakers, replace the monaural rear speaker with a center speaker, 2 rear speakers and a subwoofer. • Super Audio CD audio signals are not output from the digital jack. C C-1 C-2 DIGITAL OUT PCM/DTS/DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL 1 2 AUDIO L R VIDEO LINE OUT S VIDEO OUT 1 2 Y PR SCAN SELECT PB COMPONENT VIDEO OUT SELECTABLE INTERLACE PROGRESSIVE 5.1CH OUTPUT W O O F E R L R FRONT REAR C E N T E R C-2 C-1 DIGITAL OUT PCM/DTS/DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL 1 2 AUDIO L R VIDEO LINE OUT CD/DVD player or Front (R) Front (L) Rear (R) Subwoofer l: Signal flow Rear (L) Amplifier (receiver) with Dolby Surround decoder Center Rear (mono) Stereo audio cord (not supplied) [Speakers] Coaxial digital cord (not supplied) (red) (white) to coaxial or optical digital input Optical digital cord (not supplied) Remove jack cap before connecting [Speakers] or to audio input (white) (red) to LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1 or 2 to DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) 27 Hookups Connecting to an AV amplifier (receiver) with 5.1 ch input jacks and/or a digital input jack and 4 to 6 speakers If your AV amplifier (receiver) has 5.1 channel inputs, use . If you want to use the Dolby Digital, MPEG audio, or DTS decoder function on your AV amplifier (receiver), connect to its digital jack using . With the following connections, you can enjoy a more realistic audio presence in the comfort of your own home. D D-1 D-2 DIGITAL OUT PCM/DTS/DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL 1 2 AUDIO L R VIDEO LINE OUT S VIDEO OUT 1 2 Y PR SCAN SELECT PB COMPONENT VIDEO OUT SELECTABLE INTERLACE PROGRESSIVE 5.1CH OUTPUT W O O F E R L R FRONT REAR C E N T E R 5.1CH OUTPUT W O O F E R L R FRONT REAR C E N T E R DIGITAL OUT PCM/DTS/DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL D-2 D-1 l: Signal flow Front (R) Front (L) Rear (R) AV amplifier (receiver) having 5.1ch inputs or/and a decoder Subwoofer Center Coaxial digital cord (not supplied) Monaural audio cord (not supplied) Stereo audio cord (not supplied) Optical digital cord (not supplied) Remove jack cap before connecting [Speakers] CD/DVD player [Speakers] Rear (L) to audio input to coaxial or optical digital input or or to 5.1CH OUTPUT to DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) ,continued 28 : Connecting to the 5.1ch input jacks You can enjoy 5.1ch surround sound using the internal Dolby Digital, MPEG audio, DTS, or Super Audio CD Multi decoder of this player. (When 6 speakers are connected, set “SURROUND” to “OFF.”) You can also enjoy Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) sounds, or surround sounds using various “SURROUND” modes (page 57). : Connecting to a digital jack This connection will allow you to use the Dolby Digital, MPEG audio, or DTS decoder function of your AV amplifier (receiver). You are not able to enjoy the surround sound effects of this player. z Hint • For connection For correct speaker placement, refer to the instructions of the connected components. • To enhance the sound performance: – Use high-performance speakers. – Use front, rear, and center speakers of the same size and performance. – Place the subwoofer between the left and right front speakers. Notes • When you connect an amplifier (receiver) that conforms to the 96kHz sampling frequency, set “48kHz/96kHz PCM” in “AUDIO SETUP” to “96kHz/24bit” (page 80). • Super Audio CD audio signals are not output from the digital jack. For connection • After you have completed the connection, be sure to set “DOLBY DIGITAL” to “DOLBY DIGITAL” and “DTS” to “DTS” in Quick Setup (page 29). For DVP-NS915V: If your AV amplifier (receiver) has an MPEG audio decoder function, set “MPEG” in “AUDIO SETUP” to “MPEG.” D-1 D-2 D-2 D-2 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-7 29 Hookups Step 3: Connecting the Power Cord Plug the player and TV power cords into an AC outlet. Step 4: Quick Setup Follow the steps below to make the minimum number of basic adjustments for using the player. To skip an adjustment, press >. To return to the previous adjustment, press .. The on-screen displays differ depending on the player model. 1 Turn on the TV. 2 Press [/1. 3 Switch the input selector on your TV so that the signal from the player appears on the TV screen. “Press [ENTER] to run QUICK SETUP” appears at the bottom of the screen. If this message does not appear, select “QUICK” under “SETUP” in the Control Menu to run Quick Setup (page 74). 4 Press ENTER without inserting a disc. The Setup Display for selecting the language used in the on-screen display appears. The available languages differ depending upon the player model. 5 Press X/x to select a language. The player uses the language selected here to display the menu and subtitles as well. ./> X/x ENTER [/1 LANGUAGE SETUP OSD: MENU: AUDIO: SUBTITLE: FRENCH ENGLISH ENGLISH SPANISH PORTUGUESE ,continued 30 6 Press ENTER. The Setup Display for selecting the aspect ratio of the TV to be connected appears. 7 Press X/x to select the setting that matches your TV type. ◆ If you have a 4:3 standard TV • 4:3 LETTER BOX or 4:3 PAN SCAN (page 75) ◆ If you have a wide-screen TV or a 4:3 standard TV with a wide-screen mode • 16:9 (page 75) 8 Press ENTER. The Setup Display for selecting the type of video signal appears. 9 Press X/x to select the type of signals you wish to output to your TV. Select PROGRESSIVE only if you have made video connection C (page 20) and wish to view progressive video signals. ◆ Interlace format TV (standard TV) • INTERLACE (pages 76) ◆ Progressive format TV • PROGRESSIVE (pages 76) 10Press ENTER. The Setup Display for selecting the type of jack used to connect your amplifier (receiver) appears. 11Press X/x to select the type of jack (if any) you are using to connect to an amplifier (receiver), then press ENTER. Choose the item that matches the audio connection you selected on pages 24 to 27 ( through ). • If you connect just a TV and nothing else, select “NO.” Quick Setup is finished and connections are complete. • Select “LINE OUTPUT L/R (AUDIO).” Quick Setup is finished and connections are complete. • Select “DIGITAL OUTPUT.” The Setup Display for “DOLBY DIGITAL” appears. or both and • Select “DIGITAL & 5.1CH OUTPUT.” The Setup Display for “DOLBY DIGITAL” appears. 12Press X/x to select the type of Dolby Digital signal you wish to send to your amplifier (receiver). Choose the signal that matches the audio connection you selected on pages 25 to 27 ( through ). SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: SCREEN SAVER: BACKGROUND: 4:3 LETTER BOX 4:3 PAN SCAN 4:3 LETTER BOX COMPONENT OUT: MODE: AUTO 16:9 SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: SCREEN SAVER: BACKGROUND: 4:3 LETTER BOX ON JACKET PICTURE INTERLACE COMPONENT OUT: MODE: PROGRESSIVE INTERLACE YES NO Is this player connected to an amplifier (receiver) ? Select the type of jack you are using. LINE OUTPUT L/R (AUDIO) DIGITAL OUTPUT DIGITAL & 5.1CH OUTPUT A D A B-1 C-1 B-2 C-2 D-2 D-1 D-1 D-2 B D AUDIO SETUP AUDIO ATT: AUDIO DRC: DIGITAL OUT: DOLBY DIGITAL: OFF STANDARD AUDIO FILTER: SHARP ON DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND D-PCM D-PCM 48kHz/96kHz PCM: DTS: DOLBY DIGITAL 31 Hookups • D-PCM (page 79) • DOLBY DIGITAL (only if the amplifier (receiver) has a Dolby Digital decoder) (page 79) 13Press ENTER. “DTS” is selected. 14Press X/x to select the type of DTS signal sent to your amplifier (receiver). Choose the item that matches the audio connection you selected on pages 25 to 27 ( through ). • D-PCM (page 80) • DTS (only if the amplifier (receiver) has a DTS decoder) (page 80) 15Press ENTER. ◆ When “DIGITAL OUTPUT” is selected in step qa • Quick Setup is finished and connections are complete. For DVP-NS915V • If your AV amplifier (receiver) has an MPEG audio decoder, set “MPEG” to “MPEG” (page 80). ◆ When “DIGITAL & 5.1CH OUTPUT” is selected in step qa • The Setup Display for “SPEAKER SETUP” appears. 16Press X/x to select the size of the center speaker. If no center speaker is connected, select “NONE” (page 81). 17Press ENTER. “REAR” is selected. 18Press X/x to select the size of the rear speakers. If no rear speaker is connected, select “NONE.” “SIDE” and “REAR” refer to the speaker position relative to your listening position (page 81). 19Press ENTER. “SUBWOOFER” is selected. 20Press X/x to select whether or not you have connected a subwoofer. 21Press ENTER. Quick Setup is finished. All connections and setup operations are complete. B-2 C-2 D-2 AUDIO SETUP AUDIO ATT: AUDIO DRC: DIGITAL OUT: DOLBY DIGITAL: OFF STANDARD AUDIO FILTER: SHARP ON DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND D-PCM D-PCM 48kHz/96kHz PCM: DTS DTS: D-PCM B D B-2 C-2 D-2 SPEAKER SETUP SIZE: DISTANCE: BALANCE: LEVEL: OFF TEST TONE: FRONT: CENTER: SMALL LARGE NONE LARGE REAR: SUBWOOFER: To set, press , then . ENTER NONE SPEAKER SETUP SIZE: DISTANCE: BALANCE: LEVEL: OFF TEST TONE: FRONT: CENTER: LARGE REAR: SUBWOOFER: NONE LARGE(REAR) NONE LARGE SPEAKER SETUP SIZE: DISTANCE: BALANCE: LEVEL: OFF TEST TONE: FRONT: CENTER: LARGE LARGE REAR: SUBWOOFER: To set, press , then . To quit press ENTER ENTER SETUP DISPLAY DISPLAY NONE NONE YES LARGE(REAR) ,continued 32 Enjoying the surround sound effects To enjoy the surround sound effects of this player or your amplifier (receiver), set the following items as described below for the audio connection you selected on pages 25 to 27 ( through ). Each of these is the default setting and does not need to be adjusted when you first connect the player. Refer to page 73 for using the Setup Display. Audio Connection (pages 24 to 27) • No additional settings are needed. • Set “DOWNMIX” to “DOLBY SURROUND” (page 79). • If the sound distorts even when the volume is turned down, set “AUDIO ATT” to “ON” (page 78). • Set “DOWNMIX” to “DOLBY SURROUND” (page 79). • Set “DIGITAL OUT” to “ON” (page 79). • Set “48kHz/96kHz PCM” to “96kHz/24bit,” only if you connect an amplifier (receiver) that conforms to the 96 kHz sampling frequency (page 80). • Set “DISTANCE,” “BALANCE,” and “LEVEL” according to the connected speakers (page 82). • If the sound distorts even when the volume is turned down, set “AUDIO ATT” to “ON” (page 78). B D A B-1 C-1 B-2 C-2 D-2 D-1 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-8 33 Playing Discs Playing Discs Playing Discs Depending on the DVD or VIDEO CD, some operations may be different or restricted. Refer to the operating instructions supplied with your disc. Example: DVP-NS755V 1 Turn on your TV. 2 Press [/1. The player turns on and the power indicator lights up in green. 3 Switch the input selector on your TV so that the signal from the player appears on the TV screen. ◆ When using an amplifier (receiver) Turn on the amplifier (receiver) and select the appropriate channel so that you can hear sound from the player. 4 Press A on the player, and place a disc on the disc tray. 5 Press H. The disc tray closes, and the player starts playback (continuous play). Adjust the volume on the TV or the amplifier (receiver). Depending on the disc, a menu may appear on the TV screen. For DVD VIDEOs, see page 38. For VIDEO CDs, see page 40. To turn off the player Press [/1. The player enters standby mode. z Hint For DVP-NS915V The player will turn off automatically whenever you leave it in stop mode for more than 30 minutes (Auto Power Off function). For DVP-NS755V You can have the player turn off automatically whenever you leave it in stop mode for more than 30 minutes. To turn on this function, set “AUTO POWER OFF” in “CUSTOM SETUP” to “ON” (the default setting is “OFF”) (page 77). Note Super Audio CD audio signals are not output from the digital jack. [/1 H Power indicator A [/1 Z H With the playback side facing down ,continued 34 Additional operations z Hint The Replay function is useful when you want to review a scene or dialog that you missed. Note You may not be able to use the Replay function with some scenes. Locking the disc tray (Child Lock) You can lock the disc tray to prevent children from opening it. When the player is in standby mode, press O RETURN, ENTER, and then [/1 on the remote. The player turns on and “LOCKED” appears on the front panel display. The Z button on the player or the remote does not work while the Child Lock is set. To unlock the disc tray When the player is in standby mode, press O RETURN, ENTER, and then [/1 again. Note Even if you select “RESET” under “SETUP” in the Control Menu (page 74), the disc tray remains locked. To Operation Stop Press x Pause Press X Resume play after pause Press X or H Go to the next chapter, track, or scene in continuous play mode Press > Go back to the previous chapter, track, or scene in continuous play mode Press . Stop play and remove the disc Press Z Replay the previous scene (DVD VIDEO only) Press REPLAY Z ./> H REPLAY X x ENTER O RETURN [/1 35 Playing Discs Searching for a Particular Point on a Disc (Search, Scan, Slow-motion Play, Freeze Frame) You can quickly locate a particular point on a disc by monitoring the picture or playing back slowly. Note Depending on the DVD/VIDEO CD, you may not be able to do some of the operations described. Locating a point quickly (Search) During playback, keep pressing C to locate a point in the playback direction or keep pressing c to locate a point in the opposite direction. When you find the point you want, release the button to return to normal playback speed. Locating a point quickly by playing a disc in fast forward or fast reverse (Scan) Press m or M while playing a disc. When you find the point you want, press H to return to normal speed. Each time you press m or M during scan, the playback speed changes. Three speeds are available. With each press the indication changes as follows: Playback direction Opposite direction The “×2B”/“× 2b” playback speed is about twice the normal speed. The “FF2M”/ “FR2m” playback speed is faster than “FF1M”/“FR1m.” Watching frame by frame (Slow- motion play) Press m or M when the player is in pause mode. To return to the normal speed, press H. Each time you press m or M during Slow-motion play, the playback speed changes. Two speeds are available. With each press the indication changes as follows: Playback direction SLOW2 y SLOW1 Opposite direction (DVD only) SLOW2 y SLOW1 The “SLOW2 y”/“SLOW2 ” playback speed is slower than “SLOW1 y”/“SLOW1 .” Playing one frame at a time (Freeze Frame) When the player is in the pause mode, press C to go to the next frame. Press c to go to the preceding frame (DVD only). If you hold the button down, you can view the frames in succession. To return to normal playback, press H. m c / C H M × 2B (DVD VIDEO/Super Audio CD/CD only) FF2M T FF1M T × 2b (DVD VIDEO only) t FR1m t FR2m ,continued 36 Using the click shuttle on the player (Shuttle mode) Example: DVP-NS755V Turn the click shuttle on the player. The playback speed changes depending on the turning direction and degree of rotation as follows: ◆During playback FF2M Fast forward (faster than FF1M) Y FF1M Fast forward Y × 2B (DVD VIDEO/Super Audio CD/ CD only) Y PLAYN (normal speed) Y × 2b (DVD VIDEO only) Y FR1m Fast rewind Y FR2m Fast rewind (faster than FR1m) If you turn the click shuttle quickly, the playback speed goes to “FF2M” or “FR2m” at once. ◆During pause mode (DVD VIDEO, DVD-RW, VIDEO CD only) SLOW1 (playback direction) Y SLOW2 (playback direction – slower than SLOW1 ) Y PAUSEX Y SLOW2 (opposite direction – slower than SLOW1 ) (DVD only) Y SLOW1 (opposite direction) (DVD only) To return to normal play Press H. Playing a disc frame by frame using the click shuttle (Jog mode) 1 Press JOG. The indicator lights up and the player enters pause mode. 2 Turn the click shuttle. Depending on the turning speed, playback goes to frame-by-frame playback in the direction that the click shuttle is turned. Turn the click shuttle clockwise to go forward, and counterclockwise to rewind (DVD only). If you turn the click shuttle at a constant speed for a while, the playback speed goes to slow or normal. To return to normal play Press H. To turn off the Jog mode Press JOG again so that the indicator turns off. JOG Click shuttle www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-9 37 Playing Discs Resuming Playback From the Point Where You Stopped the Disc (Multi-disc Resume) The player stores the point where you stopped the disc for up to 40 discs and resumes playback the next time you insert the same disc. When you store a resume playback point for the 41st disc, the resume playback point for the first disc is deleted. 1 While playing a disc, press x to stop playback. “RESUME” appears on the front panel display. 2 Press H. The player starts playback from the point where you stopped the disc in step 1. z Hints • To play from the beginning of the disc, press x twice, then press H. • For DVD-RWs in VR mode, CDs, Super Audio CDs, and DATA CDs, the player remembers the resume playback point for the current disc unless the disc tray is opened, the power cord is disconnected, or only for DATA CDs, the player enters standby mode. Notes • “MULTI-DISC RESUME” in “CUSTOM SETUP” must be set to “ON” (default) for this function to work (page 78). • The resume playback point for the current disc is cleared when: – you change the play mode. – you change the settings on the Setup Display. • Resume Play does not work during Shuffle Play and Program Play. • This function may not work with some discs. H x 38 Using the DVD’s Menu A DVD is divided into long sections of a picture or a music feature called “titles.” When you play a DVD which contains several titles, you can select the title you want using the TOP MENU button. When you play DVDs that allow you to select items such as the language for the subtitles and the language for the sound, select these items using the MENU button. 1 Press TOP MENU or MENU. The disc’s menu appears on the TV screen. The contents of the menu vary from disc to disc. 2 Press C/X/x/c or the number buttons to select the item you want to play or change. 3 Press ENTER. z Hint The disc’s menu also appears when the TOP MENU or MENU button on the player is pressed. Selecting “ORIGINAL” or “PLAY LIST” on a DVD- RW Disc Some DVD-RW discs in VR (Video Recording) mode have two types of titles for playback: originally recorded titles (ORIGINAL) and titles that can be created on recordable DVD players for editing (PLAY LIST). You can select the type of titles to be played. 1 Press DISPLAY in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (ORIGINAL/PLAY LIST), then press ENTER. The options for “ORIGINAL/PLAY LIST” appear. Number buttons ENTER MENU TOP MENU C/X/x/c DISPLAY X/x ENTER 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) DVD-RW PLAY LIST PLAY LIST ORIGINAL STOP 39 Playing Discs 3 Press X/x to select the setting. • PLAY LIST: plays the titles created from “ORIGINAL” for editing. • ORIGINAL: plays the titles originally recorded. 4 Press ENTER. To turn off the Control Menu Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned off. Selecting a Playback Area for a Super Audio CD Disc Selecting a playback area on a 2 channel + Multi-channel Super Audio CD Some Super Audio CDs consist of a 2 channel playback area and a multi-channel playback area. You can select the playback area you want to listen to. 1 Press SACD MULTI/2CH in stop mode. The following display appears. 2 Press SACD MULTI/2CH repeatedly to select the item. • MULTI: plays a multi-channel playback area. • 2CH: plays a 2 channel playback area. The “MULTI” indicator in the front panel display lights up when playing a multi-channel playback area. z Hint You can also select “MULTI/2CH” from the Control Menu (page 13). SACD MULTI/2CH SACD/CD 2CH ,continued 40 Selecting a playback layer when playing a hybrid Super Audio CD Some Super Audio CDs consist of an HD layer and a CD layer. You can select the playback layer you want to listen to. Press SACD/CD in stop mode. Each time you press the button, an HD layer or a CD layer is alternately selected. When playing a CD layer, the “CD” indicator in the front panel display lights up. Notes • For details about Super Audio CD discs, see page 88. • Each play mode function works only within the selected layer or playback area. Playing VIDEO CDs With PBC Functions (PBC Playback) PBC (Playback Control) allows you to play VIDEO CDs interactively by following the menu on the TV screen. 1 Start playing a VIDEO CD with PBC functions. The menu for your selection appears. 2 Select the item number you want by pressing X/x or the number buttons. 3 Press ENTER. 4 Follow the instructions in the menu for interactive operations. Refer to the instructions supplied with the disc, as the operating procedure may differ depending on the VIDEO CD. Number buttons H x ENTER O RETURN ./> X/x www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-10 41 Playing Discs To return to the menu Press O RETURN. z Hint To play without using PBC, press ./> or the number buttons while the player is stopped to select a track, then press H or ENTER. “Play without PBC” appears on the TV screen and the player starts continuous play. You cannot play still pictures such as a menu. To return to PBC playback, press x twice then press H. Notes • Depending on the VIDEO CD, “Press ENTER” in step 3 may appear as “Press SELECT” in the instructions supplied with the disc. In this case, press H. • The PBC functions of Super VCDs do not work with this player. Super VCDs are played in continuous play mode only. Playing an MP3 Audio Track You can play back DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/ CD-Rs/CD-RWs) recorded in MP3 (MPEG1 Audio Layer 3) format. 1 Press Z and place a DATA CD on the disc tray. 2 Press H. The disc tray closes, and the player starts to play the first MP3 audio track in the first album on the disc. Notes • The player can play MP3 audio tracks recorded in the following sampling frequencies: 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz. • The playback order may be different from the edited order. See “The Playback order of MP3 audio tracks” below for details. Selecting an album and track 1 Press MENU. The list of MP3 albums recorded on the DATA CD appears. Z H ENTER O RETURN MENU C/X/x/c ,continued 42 2 Select an album using X/x and press ENTER. The list of tracks contained in the album appears. 3 Select a track using X/x and press ENTER. The selected track starts playing. When a track or album is being played, its title is shaded. To go to the next or previous page Press c or C. To return to the previous display Press O RETURN. To turn off the display Press MENU. Notes • Only the letters in the alphabet and numbers can be used for album or track names. Anything else is displayed as “*.” • ID3 tags cannot be displayed. About MP3 audio tracks You can play MP3 audio tracks on CD- ROMs, CD-Rs, or CD-RWs. However, the discs must be recorded according to ISO9660 level 1, level 2, or Joliet format for the player to recognize the tracks. You can also play discs recorded in Multi Session. See the instructions of the CD-R/RW device or recording software (not supplied) for details on the recording format. To play a Multi Session CD This player can play Multi Session CDs when an MP3 audio track is located in the first session. Any subsequent MP3 audio tracks, recorded in the later sessions, can also be played back. When audio tracks and images in music CD format or video CD format are recorded in the first session, only the first session will be played back. Notes • If you put the extension “.MP3” to data not in MP3 format, the player cannot recognize the data properly and will generate a loud noise which could damage your speaker system. • The player cannot play audio tracks in MP3PRO format. The Playback order of MP3 audio tracks The playback order of albums and tracks recorded on a DATA CD is as follows. ◆Structure of disc contents 1 ( 3 0 ) R O C K B E S T H I T K A R A O K E J A Z Z R & B M Y F A V O R I T E S O N G S C L A S S I C A L S A L S A O F C U B A B O S S A N O V A J A Z Z 1 ( 9 0 ) 0 1 S H E I S S P E C I A L 0 2 A L L Y O U N E E D I S . . . 0 3 S P I C Y L I F E 0 4 H A P P Y H O U R 0 5 R I V E R S I D E 0 6 5 0 7 T A K E T I M E , T A K E T I M E ROOT Tree 1 Tree 2 Tree 3 Tree 4 Tree 5 album track 43 Playing Discs When you insert a DATA CD and press H, the numbered tracks are played sequentially, from 1 through 7. Any sub-albums/tracks contained within a currently selected album take priority over the next album in the same tree. (Example: C contains D so 4 is played before 5.) When you press MENU and the list of MP3 albums appears (page 41), the albums are arranged in the following order: A t B t C t D t F t G. Albums that do not contain tracks (such as album E) do not appear in the list. z Hints • If you add numbers (01, 02, 03, etc.) to the front of the track file names, the tracks will be played in that order. • Since a disc with many trees takes longer to start playback, it is recommended that you create albums of no more than two trees. Notes • Depending on the software you use to create the DATA CD, the playback order may differ from the illustration above. • The playback order above may not be applicable if there are more than a total of 999 albums and tracks in the DATA CD. • The player can recognize up to 499 albums (the player will count just albums, including albums that do not contain MP3 audio tracks). The player will not play any albums beyond the first 499 albums. Of the first 499 albums, the player will play no more than a combined total of 999 albums and tracks. Various Play Mode Functions (Program Play, Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, A-B Repeat Play) You can set the following play modes: • Program Play (page 43) • Shuffle Play (page 45) • Repeat Play (page 46) • A-B Repeat Play (page 46) Note The play mode is canceled when: – you open the disc tray. – the player enters standby mode by pressing [/1. Creating your own program (Program Play) You can play the contents of a disc in the order you want by arranging the order of the titles, chapters, or tracks on the disc to create your own program. You can program up to 99 titles, chapters, and tracks. 1 Press DISPLAY twice (when playing a Super Audio CD/CD, press once). The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (PROGRAM), then press ENTER. The options for “PROGRAM” appear. X/x/c DISPLAY ENTER CLEAR Number buttons H ,continued 44 3 Press X/x to select “SET t,” then press ENTER. 4 Press c. The cursor moves to the title or track row “T” (in this case, “01”). 5 Select the title, chapter, or track you want to program. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO For example, select chapter “03” of title “02.” Press X/x or the number buttons to select “02” under “T,” then press ENTER. Next, press X/x or the number buttons to select “03” under “C,” then press ENTER. ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD, Super Audio CD, or CD For example, select track “02.” Press X/x or the number buttons to select “02” under “T,” then press ENTER. The track number may be displayed in 3 digits for a Super Audio CD. 6 To program other titles, chapters, or tracks, repeat steps 4 to 5. The programmed titles, chapters, and tracks are displayed in the selected order. 7 Press H to start Program Play. Program Play begins. When the program ends, you can restart the same program again by pressing H. To return to normal play Press CLEAR, or select “OFF” in step 3. To play the same program again, select “ON” in step 3 and press ENTER. To turn off the display Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the display is turned off. OFF OFF SET ON 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO PLAY PROGRAM 1. TITLE ALL CLEAR 2. TITLE – – 3. TITLE – – 4. TITLE – – 5. TITLE – – 6. TITLE – – 7. TITLE – – T – – 01 02 03 04 05 “TRACK” is displayed when you play a VIDEO CD, Super Audio CD, or CD. Titles or tracks recorded on a disc PROGRAM 1. TITLE – – ALL CLEAR 2. TITLE – – 3. TITLE – – 4. TITLE – – 5. TITLE – – 6. TITLE – – 7. TITLE – – T C ALL 01 02 03 04 05 06 – – 02 03 04 05 01 Chapters recorded on a disc PROGRAM 1. TITLE – – ALL CLEAR 2. TITLE – – 3. TITLE – – 4. TITLE – – 5. TITLE – – 6. TITLE – – 7. TITLE – – C ALL 03 04 05 06 T – – 01 02 03 04 05 02 01 T – – 01 02 03 04 05 PROGRAM 1. TITLE 0 2 – 0 3 ALL CLEAR 2. TITLE – – 3. TITLE – – 4. TITLE – – 5. TITLE – – 6. TITLE – – 7. TITLE – – Selected title and chapter PROGRAM 1. TRACK 0 2 ALL CLEAR 2. TRACK – – 3. TRACK – – 4. TRACK – – 5. TRACK – – 6. TRACK – – 7. TRACK – – 0:15:30 – – 01 02 03 04 05 T Selected track Total time of the programmed tracks www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-11 45 Playing Discs To change or cancel a program 1 Follow steps 1 through 3 of “Creating your own program (Program Play).” 2 Select the program number of the title, chapter, or track you want to change or cancel using X/x or the number buttons, and press c. 3 Follow step 5 for new programming. To cancel a program, select “--” under “T,” then press ENTER. To cancel all the titles, chapters, or tracks in the programmed order 1 Follow steps 1 through 3 of “Creating your own program (Program Play).” 2 Press X and select “ALL CLEAR.” 3 Press ENTER. z Hint You can do Repeat Play or Shuffle Play of the programmed titles, chapters, or tracks. During Program Play, follow the steps of “Repeat Play” (page 46) or “Shuffle Play” (page 45). Note When playing Super VCDs, the total time of the programmed tracks does not appear on the screen. Playing in random order (Shuffle Play) You can have the player “shuffle” titles, chapters, or tracks. Subsequent “shuffling” may produce a different playing order. 1 Press SHUFFLE during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press SHUFFLE repeatedly to select the item to be shuffled. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO • TITLE • CHAPTER ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD, Super Audio CD, or CD • TRACK ◆ When Program Play is activated • ON: shuffles titles, chapters, or tracks selected in Program Play. To return to normal play Press CLEAR, or select “OFF” in step 2. z Hints • You can set Shuffle Play while the player is stopped. After selecting the “SHUFFLE” option, press H. Shuffle Play starts. • Up to 200 chapters in a disc can be played in random order when “CHAPTER” is selected. • You can also select “SHUFFLE” from the Control Menu (page 13). CLEAR H SHUFFLE TITLE ,continued 46 Playing repeatedly (Repeat Play) You can play all of the titles or tracks on a disc or a single title, chapter, or track repeatedly. You can use a combination of Shuffle or Program Play modes. 1 Press REPEAT during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press REPEAT repeatedly to select the item to be repeated. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO • DISC: repeats all of the titles. • TITLE: repeats the current title on a disc. • CHAPTER: repeats the current chapter. ◆ When playing a DVD-RW • DISC: repeats all the titles of the selected type. • TITLE: repeats the current title on a disc. • CHAPTER: repeats the current chapter. ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD, Super Audio CD, or CD • DISC: repeats all of the tracks. • TRACK: repeats the current track. ◆ When playing a DATA CD (MP3 audio) • DISC: repeats all of the albums. • ALBUM: repeats the current album. • TRACK: repeats the current track. ◆ When Program Play or Shuffle Play is activated • ON: repeats Program Play or Shuffle Play. To return to normal play Press CLEAR, or select “OFF” in step 2. z Hints • You can set Repeat Play while the player is stopped. After selecting the “REPEAT” option, press H. Repeat Play starts. • You can also select “REPEAT” from the Control Menu (page 13). Repeating a specific portion (A- B Repeat Play) You can play a specific portion of a title, chapter or track repeatedly. (This function is useful when you want to memorize lyrics, etc.) 1 During playback, when you find the starting point (point A) of the portion to be played repeatedly, press A-B. The starting point (point A) is set. REPEAT CLEAR H DISC CLEAR A-B 47 Playing Discs 2 When you reach the ending point (point B), press A-B again. The set points are displayed and the player starts repeating this specific portion. To return to normal play Press CLEAR. z Hint You can also select “A-B REPEAT” from the Control Menu (page 13). Notes • When you set A-B Repeat Play, the settings for Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, and Program Play are canceled. • A-B Repeat Play does not work for titles containing still pictures on a DVD-RW in VR mode. • A-B Repeat Play does not work across multiple titles on a DVD-RW in VR mode. A: 18 – 1 : 32 : 55 CHAPTER TIME Set point B with . ENTER A-B REPEAT 48 Searching for a Scene Searching for a Title/ Chapter/Track/Index/ Scene (Search mode) You can search a DVD by title or chapter, and you can search a VIDEO CD/Super Audio CD/CD by track, index, or scene. As titles and tracks are assigned unique numbers on the disc, you can select the desired one by entering its number. Or, you can search for a scene using the time code. 1 Press SEARCH MODE. The following display appears. “-- (**)” appears next to the icon (** refers to a number). The number in parentheses indicates the total number of titles, tracks, indexes, scenes, etc., of the disc. 2 Press SEARCH MODE repeatedly to select the search method. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW TITLE CHAPTER TIME/TEXT Select “TIME/TEXT” to search for a starting point by inputting the time code. ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD TRACK INDEX ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD with PBC Playback SCENE INDEX ◆ When playing a Super Audio CD/CD TRACK INDEX ◆ When playing a DATA CD (MP3 audio) ALBUM TRACK 3 Select the number of the title, track, scene, time code, etc. you want by pressing the number buttons to select the digit. For example, to find the scene at 2 hours, 10 minutes, and 20 seconds after the beginning, select “TIME/TEXT” in step 2 and enter “21020.” If you make a mistake Cancel the number by pressing CLEAR, then select another number. 4 Press ENTER. The player starts playback from the selected number. To turn off the display Press SEARCH MODE repeatedly until the display is turned off. z Hints • You can display the first scene of titles, chapters or tracks recorded on the disc on a screen divided into 9 sections. You can start playback directly by selecting one of the scenes. For details, see page 49. • You can also select “TITLE,” “CHAPTER,” “TRACK,” “INDEX,” “SCENE,” “TIME/ TEXT,” or “ALBUM” from the Control Menu (page 13). Number buttons ENTER SEARCH MODE CLEAR – –(10) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-12 49 Searching for a Scene Note You cannot search for a still picture on a DVD-RW in VR mode. Searching by Scene (PICTURE NAVIGATION) You can divide the screen into 9 subscreens and find the desired scene quickly. 1 Press PICTURE NAVI during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press PICTURE NAVI repeatedly to select the item. Refer to the explanations given for each item in the following sections. • TITLE VIEWER (for DVD VIDEO only) • CHAPTER VIEWER (for DVD VIDEO only) • TRACK VIEWER (for VIDEO CD only) • STROBE PLAYBACK (DVD VIDEO/ VIDEO CD only) • ANGLE VIEWER (for DVD VIDEO only) ENTER O RETURN PICTURE NAVI C/X/x/c X TITLE VIEWER ENTER ,continued 50 3 Press ENTER. To return to normal play Press O RETURN. z Hint You can also select “PICTURE NAVIGATION” from the Control Menu (page 13). Notes • The “PICTURE NAVIGATION” is not available when playing Super VCDs. • Depending on the disc, you may not be able to select all functions. • The sound is muted when using this function. Scanning the title, chapter, or track (TITLE VIEWER, CHAPTER VIEWER, TRACK VIEWER) You can divide the screen into 9 subscreens and display the first scene of titles, chapters, or tracks. You can also play back from the selected title, chapter, or track. After performing step 3 of “Searching by Scene (PICTURE NAVIGATION)” above, select the scene using C/X/x/c and press ENTER. z Hint If there are more than 9 titles, chapters, or tracks, V is displayed at the bottom right. To display the additional titles, chapters, or tracks, select the bottom right scene (the position 9) and press x. To return to the previous scene, select the top left scene (the position 1) and press X. Dividing a scene into 9 sections (STROBE PLAYBACK) You can display 9 consecutive moving pictures on the screen. When you press X after performing step 3 of “Searching by Scene (PICTURE NAVIGATION)” above, the moving pictures pause. Displaying different angles simultaneously (ANGLE VIEWER) If various angles (multi-angles) for a scene are recorded on the DVD VIDEO, you can display all of the angles recorded on the disc on the screen divided into 9 sections. You can also play back from the selected angle. After performing step 3 of “Searching by Scene (PICTURE NAVIGATION)” above, select the angle using C/X/x/c and press ENTER. 1 4 7 2 5 8 3 6 9 51 Viewing Information About the Disc Viewing Information About the Disc Checking the Playing Time and Remaining Time You can check the playing time and remaining time of the current title, chapter, or track. Also, you can check the DVD/Super Audio CD/CD text or track name (MP3 audio) recorded on the disc. 1 Press TIME/TEXT during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press TIME/TEXT repeatedly to change the time information. The display and the kinds of time that you can change depend on the disc you are playing. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO or DVD- RW • T *:*:* (hours: minutes: seconds) Playing time of the current title • T–*:*:* Remaining time of the current title • C *:*:* Playing time of the current chapter • C–*:*:* Remaining time of the current chapter ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD (with PBC functions) • *:* (minutes: seconds) Playing time of the current scene ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD (without PBC functions), Super Audio CD, or CD • T *:* (minutes: seconds) Playing time of the current track • T–*:* Remaining time of the current track • D *:* Playing time of the current disc • D–*:* Remaining time of the current disc ◆ When playing a DATA CD (MP3 audio) • *:* (minutes: seconds) Playing time of the current track ◆ When playing a Super VCD • T–*:* (minutes: seconds) Playing time of the current track To check the DVD/Super Audio CD/CD text or track and album names (MP3 audio) Press TIME/TEXT repeatedly in step 2 to display text recorded on the DVD VIDEO/ Super Audio CD/CD/DATA CD. The DVD/Super Audio CD/CD text appears only when text is recorded in the disc. You cannot change the text. If the disc does not contain text, “NO TEXT” appears. For DATA CDs, the track and album names of the MP3 audio track appears (page 54). TIME/TEXT PLAY T 1:01:57 Time information BRAHMS SYMPHONY ,continued 52 Checking the information on the front panel display You can view the time information and text displayed on the TV screen also on the front panel display. The information on the front panel display changes as follows when you change the time information on your TV screen. When playing a DVD VIDEO or DVD-RW When playing a DATA CD (MP3 audio) When playing a VIDEO CD (without PBC functions), Super Audio CD, or CD z Hints • When playing VIDEO CDs with PBC functions, the scene number and the playing time are displayed. • Long text that does not fit in a single line will scroll across the front panel display. • You can also check the time information and text using the Control Menu (page 13). Notes • Depending on the type of disc being played, the disc’s text or track name may not be displayed. • The player can only display the first level of the disc’s text, such as the disc name or title. • Playing time of MP3 audio tracks may not be displayed correctly. TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC Title playing time and the current title and chapter number Remaining time of the current title Playing time and number of the current chapter Remaining time of the current chapter Text TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC Track name Track playing time and the current track and album number TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC Track playing time and the current track and index number Remaining time of the current track Remaining time of the disc Text Playing time of the disc www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-13 54 Checking the play information of a DATA CD By pressing TIME/TEXT while playing MP3 audio tracks on a DATA CD, you can display the audio bit rate (the amount of data per second of the current audio). PLAY T 17:30 128k JAZZ RIVER SIDE Bit rate Album name Track name 53 Viewing Information About the Disc Checking the Play Information You can check information such as the bit rate or the disc layer that is being played. Checking the play information of a DVD (ADVANCED) 1 Press DISPLAY during playback. The Control Menu is displayed. 2 Press X/x to select (ADVANCED), then press ENTER. The options for “ADVANCED” appear. 3 Press X/x to select items. For each item, please refer to “Displays of each item.” • BIT RATE: displays the bit rate. • LAYER: displays the layer and the pick-up point. 4 Press ENTER. To turn off the ADVANCED window Select “OFF” in step 3. To turn off the Control Menu Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned off. Display of each item By pressing DISPLAY repeatedly, you can display either “BIT RATE” or “LAYER,” whichever was selected in “ADVANCED.” ◆BIT RATE When playing MPEG audio sound tracks Bit rate refers to the amount of video/audio data per second in a disc. While playing a disc, an approximate bit rate of the playback picture is displayed as Mbps (Mega bit per second) and the audio as kbps (kilo bit per second). The higher the bit rate, the larger the amount of data. However, this does not always mean that you can get higher quality pictures or sounds. ◆LAYER Indicates the approximate point where the disc is playing. If it is a dual-layer DVD, the player indicates which layer is being read (“Layer 0” or “Layer 1”). For details on the layers, see page 87 (DVD VIDEO). ENTER X/x DISPLAY TIME/TEXT 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 BIT RATE DVD VIDEO BIT RATE 0 5 10 kbps Mbps 384 OFF BIT RATE LAYER PLAY BIT RATE 0 5 10 kbps Mbps 384 Audio Video BIT RATE 0 5 10 kbps Mbps 0 1000 Audio Video Appears when the DVD has dual layers ,continued 55 Sound Adjustments Sound Adjustments Changing the Sound When playing a DVD VIDEO recorded in multiple audio formats (PCM, Dolby Digital, MPEG Audio, or DTS), you can change the audio format. If the DVD VIDEO is recorded with multilingual tracks, you can also change the language. With CDs, DATA CDs, or VIDEO CDs, you can select the sound from the right or left channel and listen to the sound of the selected channel through both the right and left speakers. For example, when playing a disc containing a song with the vocals on the right channel and the instruments on the left channel, you can hear the instruments from both speakers by selecting the left channel. 1 Press AUDIO during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press AUDIO repeatedly to select the desired audio signal. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO Depending on the DVD VIDEO, the choice of language varies. When 4 digits are displayed, they indicate a language code. Refer to “Language Code List” on page 91 to see which language the code represents. When the same language is displayed two or more times, the DVD VIDEO is recorded in multiple audio formats. ◆ When playing a DVD-RW The types of sound tracks recorded on a disc are displayed. The default setting is underlined. Example: • 1: MAIN (main sound) • 1: SUB (sub sound) • 1: MAIN+SUB (main and sub sound) ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD, CD, or DATA CD (MP3 audio) The default setting is underlined. • STEREO: The standard stereo sound • 1/L: The sound of the left channel (monaural) • 2/R: The sound of the right channel (monaural) ◆ When playing a Super VCD The default setting is underlined. • 1:STEREO: The stereo sound of the audio track 1 • 1:1/L: The sound of the left channel of the audio track 1 (monaural) • 1:2/R: The sound of the right channel of the audio track 1 (monaural) • 2:STEREO: The stereo sound of the audio track 2 • 2:1/L: The sound of the left channel of the audio track 2 (monaural) • 2:2/R: The sound of the right channel of the audio track 2 (monaural) z Hint You can also select “AUDIO” from the Control Menu (page 13). AUDIO DISPLAY X/x 1:ENGLISH ,continued 56 Notes • While playing a Super VCD on which the audio track 2 is not recorded, no sound will come out when you select “2:STEREO,” “2:1/L” or “2:2/R.” • You cannot change the sound for Super Audio CDs. Displaying the audio information of the disc Press DISPLAY during playback to display the Control Menu. Select “AUDIO” using X/ x. The channels being played are displayed on the screen. For example, in Dolby Digital format, multiple signals ranging from monaural to 5.1 channel signals can be recorded on a DVD VIDEO. Depending on the DVD VIDEO, the number of the recorded channels may differ. *“PCM,” “MPEG,” “DTS,” or “DOLBY DIGITAL” is displayed. In the case of “DOLBY DIGITAL,” the channels in the playing track are displayed by numbers as follows: For Dolby Digital 5.1 ch: **The letters in the program format display indicate the following sound components: L: Front (left) R: Front (right) C: Center LS: Rear (left) RS: Rear (right) S: Rear (monaural): The rear component of the Dolby Surround processed signal and the Dolby Digital signal LFE: Low Frequency Effect signal z Hint When playing Dolby Digital or DTS sound tracks, “LFE” is enclosed in a dotted line when the LFE signal is not being output. DVD VIDEO 1: ENGLISH 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 L R C DOLBY DIGITAL 3/2.1 PROGRAM FORMAT LFE LS RS PLAY Current audio format* Currently playing program format** DOLBY DIGITAL 3 / 2 . 1 LFE (Low Frequency Effect) component 1 Rear component 2 Front component 2+ Center component 1 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-14 57 Sound Adjustments SURROUND Mode Settings You can enjoy surround sounds while playing discs including Dolby Digital, DTS, and MPEG audio DVDs, even if you have only 2 or 4 speakers. Select the surround mode that best suits your speaker setup. 1 Press SUR during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press SUR repeatedly to select one of the surround modes. Refer to the following explanations given for each item. ◆ For 2 speaker setups • TVS DYNAMIC • TVS WIDE • TVS NIGHT • TVS STANDARD ◆ For 4 to 6 speaker setups (If you select “NONE” in the setting of “REAR” in “SPEAKER SETUP”(page 81), you cannot select these modes.) • NORMAL SURROUND • ENHANCED SURROUND • VIRTUAL REAR SHIFT • VIRTUAL MULTI REAR • VIRTUAL MULTI DIMENSION To cancel the setting Select “OFF” in step 2. For 2 speaker setups When you connect a stereo TV or 2 front speakers, TVS (TV Virtual Surround) lets you enjoy surround sound effects by using sound imaging to create virtual rear speakers from the sound of the front speakers (L: left, R: right) without using actual rear speakers. If the player is set up to output the signal from the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack, the surround effect will be heard only when “DOLBY DIGITAL” and “DTS” are set to “D-PCM” and “MPEG” is set to “PCM” (DVP-NS915V only) in “AUDIO SETUP”(page 79). ◆TVS DYNAMIC Creates one set of virtual rear speakers from the sound of the actual front speakers (L, R) as shown below. This mode is effective when the distance between the front L and R speakers is short, such as with built-in speakers on a stereo TV. ◆TVS WIDE Creates five sets of virtual rear speakers from the sound of the actual front speakers (L, R) as shown below. This mode is effective when the distance between the front L and R speakers is short, such as with built-in speakers on a stereo TV. SUR TVS DYNAMIC TV TV ,continued 58 ◆TVS NIGHT Large sounds, such as explosions, are suppressed, but the quieter sounds are unaffected. This feature is useful when you want to hear the dialog and enjoy the surround sound effects of “TVS WIDE” at low volume. ◆TVS STANDARD Creates three sets of virtual rear speakers from the sound of the actual front speakers (L, R) as shown below. This mode is effective when you use 2 separate front speakers. For 4 to 6 speaker setups You can enjoy the following surround effects by using the 2 front speakers and 2 rear speakers. Connect the player to the amplifier (receiver) with the connection (page 27). You can experience Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) sounds or Digital Cinema Sound (DCS). DCS uses sound imaging to shift the sound of the rear speakers away from the actual speaker position or create entire sets of virtual rear speakers from one set of actual rear speakers. “VIRTUAL REAR SHIFT,” “VIRTUAL MULTI REAR,” and “VIRTUAL MULTI DIMENSION” make use of this technology. ◆NORMAL SURROUND Software with 2 channel audio signals is decoded with the Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) decoder to create surround effects. The rear speakers will emit identical monaural sounds. If you are using a center speaker, the appropriate sounds for the center speaker will be delivered. ◆ENHANCED SURROUND Provides a greater sense of presence from a Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) source with a monaural rear channel signal. Produces a stereo like effect in the rear channels. ◆VIRTUAL REAR SHIFT Shifts the sound of the rear speakers away from the actual speaker position. The shift position differs according to “REAR” or “SIDE” setting of the rear speakers (page 81). L: Front speaker (left) R: Front speaker (right) : Virtual speaker L R D-1 L R RS LS LS RS L R L LS RS R REAR SIDE 59 Sound Adjustments ◆VIRTUAL MULTI REAR Creates an array of virtual rear speakers from a single set of actual rear speakers. The position of the virtual rear speakers differs according to “REAR” or “SIDE” setting of the rear speakers (page 81). ◆VIRTUAL MULTI DIMENSION Creates an array of virtual rear speaker positions higher than the listener from a single set of actual rear speakers. This mode creates five sets of virtual speakers surrounding the listener at approximately a 30° angle of elevation. The effect differs according to “REAR” or “SIDE” setting of the rear speakers (page 81). z Hints • You can select “SURROUND” by pressing the SURROUND button on the player. • You can also select “SURROUND” from the Control Menu (page 13). Notes • To enjoy the multichannel audio through the 5.1CH OUTPUT jacks, correctly set each speaker position and distance (page 81). • When the playing signal does not contain a signal for the rear speakers, it may be difficult to hear the surround effect. • When you select one of the TVS modes, the player does not output the sound of center speaker. • When you select one of the surround modes, turn off the surround setting of the connected TV or amplifier (receiver). • Make sure that your listening position is between and at an equal distance from your speakers, and that the speakers are located in similar surroundings. • “TVS NIGHT” only works with Dolby Digital discs. However, not all discs will respond to the “TVS NIGHT” function in the same way. • If you use the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack and set “DOLBY DIGITAL” to “DOLBY DIGITAL,” “DTS” to “DTS,” and “MPEG” to “MPEG” in “AUDIO SETUP”, sound will come from your speakers but it will not have the SURROUND effect. • If the player is set up to output the signal from the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack, the TVS effect will not be heard when you play a CD. L LS RS R L R LS RS REAR SIDE LS RS L R L R LS RS REAR SIDE L: Front speaker (left) R: Front speaker (right) LS: Rear speaker (left) RS: Rear speaker (right) : Virtual speaker 60 Enjoying Movies Changing the Angles If various angles (multi-angles) for a scene are recorded on the DVD VIDEO, “ANGLE” appears in the front panel display. This means that you can change the viewing angle. 1 Press ANGLE during playback. The number of the angle appears on the display. 2 Press ANGLE repeatedly to select the angle number. The scene changes to the selected angle. z Hints • You can display all the angles recorded on the disc on the same screen, and start playback directly from the chosen angle. The angles are displayed on a screen divided into 9 sections (page 50). • You can also select “ANGLE” from the Control Menu (page 13). Note Depending on the DVD VIDEO, you may not be able to change the angles even if multi-angles are recorded on the DVD VIDEO. Displaying the Subtitles If subtitles are recorded on the discs, you can change the subtitles or turn them on and off whenever you want while playing a DVD. 1 Press SUBTITLE during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press SUBTITLE repeatedly to select the setting. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO Select the language. Depending on the DVD VIDEO, the choice of language varies. When 4 digits are displayed, they indicate a language code. Refer to “Language Code List” on page 91 to see which language the code represents. ◆ When playing a DVD-RW Select “ON.” To turn off the subtitles Select “OFF” in step 2. z Hint You can also select “SUBTITLE” from the Control Menu (page 13). ANGLE 2 SUBTITLE 1:ENGLISH www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-15 61 Enjoying Movies Note Depending on the DVD VIDEO, you may not be able to change the subtitles even if multilingual subtitles are recorded on it. You also may not be able to turn them off. Adjusting the Picture Quality (BNR) The Block Noise Reduction (BNR) function adjusts the picture quality by reducing the “block noise” or mosaic like patterns that appear on your TV screen. 1 Press DISPLAY twice during playback. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (BNR), then press ENTER. The options for “BNR” appear. 3 Press X/x to select a level. • 1: reduces the “block noise.” • 2: reduces the “block noise” more than 1. • 3: reduces the “block noise” more than 2. ENTER DISPLAY X/x OFF 1 2 3 DVD VIDEO OFF 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 PLAY ,continued 62 4 Press ENTER. The disc plays with the setting you selected. To cancel the “BNR” setting Select “OFF” in step 3. To turn off the Control Menu Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned off. Notes • If the outlines of the images on your screen should become blurred, set “BNR” to “OFF.” • Depending on the disc or the scene being played, the “BNR” effect may be hard to discern. Adjusting the Playback Picture (CUSTOM PICTURE MODE) You can adjust the video signal of the DVD or VIDEO CD from the player to obtain the picture quality you want. Choose the setting that best suits the program you are watching. When you select “MEMORY,” you can make further adjustments to each element of the picture (color, brightness, etc.). 1 Press PICTURE MODE during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press PICTURE MODE repeatedly to select the setting you want. The default setting is underlined. • STANDARD: displays a standard picture. • DYNAMIC 1: produces a bold dynamic picture by increasing the picture contrast and the color intensity. • DYNAMIC 2: produces a more dynamic picture than DYNAMIC 1 by further increasing the picture contrast and the color intensity. ENTER PICTURE MODE O RETURN C/X/x/c DYNAMIC 1 63 Enjoying Movies • CINEMA 1: enhances details in dark areas by increasing the black level. • CINEMA 2: White colors become brighter and black colors become richer, and the color contrast is increased. • MEMORY: adjusts the picture in greater detail. z Hints • When you watch a movie, “CINEMA 1” or “CINEMA 2” is recommended. • The picture can be adjusted by pressing the PICTURE MODE button on the player as well. • You can also select “CUSTOM PICTURE MODE” from the Control Menu (page 13). Adjusting the picture items in “MEMORY” You can adjust each element of the picture individually. • PICTURE: changes the contrast • BRIGHTNESS: changes the overall brightness • COLOR: makes the colors deeper or lighter • HUE: changes the color balance 1 Press PICTURE MODE repeatedly to select “MEMORY” and press ENTER. The “PICTURE” adjustment bar appears. 2 Press C/c to adjust the picture contrast, then press ENTER. The adjustment is saved, and “BRIGHTNESS” adjustment bar appears. 3 Repeat step 2 to adjust “BRIGHTNESS,” “COLOR,” and “HUE.” The Custom Picture Mode display appears. You can check each adjustment. To turn off the display Press O RETURN , or select “RETURN” in step 3 and press ENTER. z Hints • To reset the picture items to the default values, press c after step 3 to select “RESET” and press ENTER. • When “PLAYBACK MEMORY” in “CUSTOM SETUP” is set to “ON” the player will save a single setting for up to 40 individual discs. (This does not apply to DVD-RWs in VR mode.) • If you do not want to save the adjustment in step 2, you can go to the next picture item by pressing X/x without saving. 8 ( 3 ) C 0 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 PICTURE 0 Cancel : Select : ENTER RETURN C 0 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 PICTURE BRIGHTNESS COLOR HUE RESET +1 –3 +3 –1 RETURN 64 Enhancing the Playback Picture (DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER) The Digital Video Enhancer (DVE) function makes the picture appear clear and crisp by enhancing the outlines of images on your TV screen. Also, this function can soften the images on the screen. 1 Press DISPLAY twice during playback. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER), then press ENTER. The options for “DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER” appear. 3 Press X/x to select a level. • 1: enhances the outline. • 2: enhances the outline more than 1. • 3: enhances the outline more than 2. • SOFT: softens the image (DVD only). 4 Press ENTER. The disc plays with the setting you selected. To cancel the “DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER” setting Select “OFF” in step 3. To turn off the Control Menu Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned off. Note Depending on the disc or the scene being played, noise found in the disc may become more apparent. If this happens, it is recommended that you use the BNR function (page 61) with the DVE function. If the condition still does not improve, reduce the Digital Video Enhancer level, or select “SOFT” (DVD only) in step 3 above. ENTER DISPLAY X/x 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO OFF 3 2 1 OFF SOFT PLAY www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-16 65 Using Various Additional Functions Using Various Additional Functions Locking Discs (CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL, PARENTAL CONTROL) You can set two kinds of playback restrictions for the desired disc. • Custom Parental Control You can set playback restrictions so that the player will not play inappropriate discs. • Parental Control Playback of some DVD VIDEOs can be limited according to a predetermined level such as the age of the users. Scenes may be blocked or replaced with different scenes. The same password is used for both Parental Control and Custom Parental Control. Custom Parental Control You can set the same Custom Parental Control password for up to 40 discs. When you set the 41st-disc, the first disc is canceled. 1 Insert the disc you want to lock. If the disc is playing, press x to stop playback. 2 Press DISPLAY while the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 3 Press X/x to select (PARENTAL CONTROL), then press ENTER. The options for “PARENTAL CONTROL” appear. 4 Press X/x to select “ON t,” then press ENTER. ◆ If you have not entered a password The display for registering a new password appears. Enter a 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The display for confirming the password appears. ◆ When you have already registered a password The display for entering the password appears. 5 Enter or re-enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. “Custom parental control is set.” appears and then the screen returns to the Control Menu. X/x Number buttons ENTER DISPLAY x OFF PASSWORD PLAYER ON DVD VIDEO 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 STOP PARENTAL CONTROL Enter a new 4-digit password, then press . ENTER PARENTAL CONTROL Enter password, then press . ENTER ,continued 66 To turn off the Custom Parental Control function 1 Follow steps 1 through 3 of “Custom Parental Control.” 2 Press X/x to select “OFF t,” then press ENTER. 3 Enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. To play a disc for which Custom Parental Control is set 1 Insert the disc for which Custom Parental Control is set. The “CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL” display appears. 2 Enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The player is ready for playback. z Hint If you forget your password, enter the 6-digit number “199703” using the number buttons when the “CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL” display asks you for your password, then press ENTER. The display will ask you to enter a new 4-digit password. Parental Control (limited playback) Playback of some DVD VIDEOs can be limited according to a predetermined level such as the age of the users. The “PARENTAL CONTROL” function allows you to set a playback limitation level. 1 Press DISPLAY while the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (PARENTAL CONTROL), then press ENTER. The options for “PARENTAL CONTROL” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “PLAYER t,” then press ENTER. ◆ If you have not entered a password The display for registering a new password appears. Enter a 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The display for confirming the password appears. CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL Custom parental control is already set. To play, enter your password and press . ENTER Number buttons X/x ENTER DISPLAY H OFF PASSWORD PLAYER ON DVD VIDEO STOP 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 PARENTAL CONTROL Enter a new 4-digit password, then press . ENTER 67 Using Various Additional Functions ◆ When you have already registered a password The display for entering the password appears. 4 Enter or re-enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The display for setting the playback limitation level appears. 5 Press X/x to select “STANDARD,” then press ENTER. The selection items for “STANDARD” are displayed. 6 Press X/x to select a geographic area as the playback limitation level, then press ENTER. The area is selected. When you select “OTHERS t,” select and enter a standard code in the table on page 68 using the number buttons. 7 Press X/x to select “LEVEL,” then press ENTER. The selection items for “LEVEL” are displayed. 8 Select the level you want using X/x, then press ENTER. Parental Control setting is complete. The lower the value, the stricter the limitation. To turn off the Parental Control function Set “LEVEL” to “OFF” in step 8. To play a disc for which Parental Control is set 1 Insert the disc and press H. The display for entering your password appears. 2 Enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The player starts playback. z Hint If you forget your password, remove the disc and repeat steps 1 to 3 of “Parental Control (limited playback).” When you are asked to enter your password, enter “199703” using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The display will ask you to enter a new 4-digit password. After you enter a new 4-digit password, replace the disc in the player and press H. When the display for entering your password appears, enter your new password. Notes • When you play discs which do not have the Parental Control function, playback cannot be limited on this player. PARENTAL CONTROL Enter password, then press . ENTER PARENTAL CONTROL LEVEL: OFF USA STANDARD: PARENTAL CONTROL LEVEL: OFF USA STANDARD: USA OTHERS PARENTAL CONTROL LEVEL: OFF OFF STANDARD: 8: 7: 6: 5: NC17 R PARENTAL CONTROL LEVEL: STANDARD: USA 4: PG13 ,continued 68 • Depending on the disc, you may be asked to change the parental control level while playing the disc. In this case, enter your password, then change the level. If the Resume Play mode is canceled, the level returns to the previous level. Area Code Changing the password 1 Press DISPLAY while the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (PARENTAL CONTROL), then press ENTER. The options for “PARENTAL CONTROL” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “PASSWORD t,” then press ENTER. The display for entering the password appears. 4 Enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. 5 Enter a new 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. 6 To confirm your password, re-enter it using the number buttons, then press ENTER. If you make a mistake entering your password Press C before you press ENTER and input the correct number. If you make a mistake Press O RETURN. To turn off the display Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the display is turned off. Standard Code number Argentina 2044 Australia 2047 Austria 2046 Belgium 2057 Brazil 2070 Canada 2079 Chile 2090 China 2092 Denmark 2115 Finland 2165 France 2174 Germany 2109 India 2248 Indonesia 2238 Italy 2254 Japan 2276 Korea 2304 Malaysia 2363 Mexico 2362 Netherlands 2376 New Zealand 2390 Norway 2379 Pakistan 2427 Philippines 2424 Portugal 2436 Russia 2489 Singapore 2501 Spain 2149 Sweden 2499 Switzerland 2086 Thailand 2528 United Kingdom 2184 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-17 69 Using Various Additional Functions Operation Sound Effects (Sound Feedback) The player beeps when the following operations are performed. The default setting of the Sound Feedback function is set to off. Setting Sound Feedback 1 Press [/1 on the player or the remote. The power indicator lights up in green. When there is a disc in the player, press A and remove the disc. Then press A again to close the disc tray. 2 Press and hold X on the player for more than two seconds. You will hear one beep and the Sound Feedback function is turned on. To turn off the Sound Feedback function When there is no disc in the player, press and hold X on the player for more than two seconds. You will hear two beeps and the Sound Feedback function is turned off. Operation Operation sound Power is turned on One beep Power is turned off Two beeps H is pressed One beep X is pressed Two beeps Playback is stopped One long beep Operation is not possible Three beeps [/1 Power indicator A X [/1 70 Controlling Your TV or AV Amplifier (Receiver) With the Supplied Remote By adjusting the remote signal, you can control your TV with the supplied remote. If you connect the player to an AV amplifier (receiver), you can control the volume with the supplied remote. Notes • Depending on the connected unit, you may not be able to correctly control your TV or AV amplifier (receiver) using some of the buttons below. • If you enter a new code number, the code number previously entered will be erased. • When you replace the batteries of the remote, the code number you have set may be reset to the default setting. Set the appropriate code number again. Controlling TVs with the remote * DVP-NS915V only 1 Slide the TV/DVD switch to TV. 2 Hold down [/1, and enter your TV’s manufacturer code (see “Code numbers of controllable TV’s” below) using the number buttons. 3 Release [/1. When the TV/DVD switch is set to TV, the remote performs the following: * When you use the number buttons to select the TV’s channel, press -/-- followed by the number buttons for two-digit numbers. [/1 VOL +/– WIDE MODE TV/VIDEO Number buttons TV/DVD switch -/--* [/1 Turns the TV on or off VOL +/– Adjusts the volume of the TV For DVP- NS755V: WIDE MODE Switches to or from the wide mode of a Sony wide TV For DVP- NS915V: WIDE MODE Switches to or from the wide mode of a wide TV TV/VIDEO Switches the TV’s input source between the TV and other input sources The button works even if the TV/DVD switch is set to DVD For DVP- NS755V: Number buttons and ENTER Selects the channel of the TV For DVP- NS915V: Number buttons and -/--* Selects the channel of a Sony TV 71 Using Various Additional Functions Code numbers of controllable TVs If more than one code number is listed, try entering them one at a time until you find the one that works with your TV. ◆DVP-NS755V ◆DVP-NS915V Manufacturer Code number Sony (default) 01 Akai 04 AOC 04 Centurion 12 Coronado 03 Curtis-Mathes 12 Daytron 12 Emerson 03,04,14 Fisher 11 General Electric 06,10 Gold Star 03,04,17 Hitachi 02,03 J.C.Penney 04,12 JVC 09 KMC 03 Magnavox 03,08,12 Marantz 04,13 MGA/Mitsubishi 04,12,13,17 NEC 04,12 Panasonic 06,19 Philco 03,04 Philips 08,21 Pioneer 16 Portland 03 Proscan 10 Quasar 06,18 Radio Shack 05,14 RCA 04,10 Sampo 12 Samsung 03,12,20 Sanyo 11,14 Scott 12 Sears 07,10,11 Sharp 03,05,18 Sylvania 08,12 Teknika 03,08,14 Toshiba 07 Wards 03,04,12 Yorx 12 Zenith 15 Manufacturer Code number Sony 01(default), 03, 04 Aiwa 32 Akai 68 Blaupunkt 10, 21 Grundig 10, 11 Hitachi 24 LG 06 JVC 33 Loewe 45 Mitsubishi 27, 28, 50 Mivar 09 NEC 66 Nokia 15, 16, 69 Orion 47, 48 Panasonic 17, 49 Philips 06, 07, 08 Pioneer 26 Saba 12, 13 Samsung 22, 23 Sanyo 25 Sharp 29 Siemens 39 TEAC 67 Telefunken 36 Thomson 43 Toshiba 38 ,continued 72 Controlling the volume of your AV amplifier (receiver) with the remote 1 Slide the TV/DVD switch to DVD. 2 Hold down [/1, and enter your AV amplifier (receiver)’s manufacturer’s code (see the table below) using the number buttons. 3 Release [/1. The VOL +/– buttons control the AV amplifier’s volume. ◆ If you want to control the TV’s volume Slide the TV/DVD switch to TV. Code numbers of controllable AV amplifiers (receivers) If more than one code number is listed, try entering them one at a time until you find the one that works with your AV amplifier (receiver). z Hint If you want to control the TV’s volume even when the TV/DVD switch is set to DVD, repeat steps 1 and 2 and enter the code number 90 (default). Manufacturer Code number Sony 80, 88, 89, 91 Denon 84, 85, 86 Kenwood 92, 93 Onkyo 81, 82, 83 Pioneer 99 Sansui 87 Technics 97, 98 Yamaha 94, 95, 96 Number buttons [/1 VOL +/– TV/DVD www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-18 73 Settings and Adjustments Settings and Adjustments Using the Setup Display By using the Setup Display, you can make various adjustments to items such as picture and sound. You can also set a language for the subtitles and the Setup Display, among other things. For details on each Setup Display item, see pages from 74 to 83. The on-screen displays and available options differ depending on the player model. Note the differences indicated in the text, for example, “DVP-NS755V only.” Note Playback settings stored in the disc take priority over the Setup Display settings and not all the functions described may work. 1 Press DISPLAY when the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (SETUP), then press ENTER. The options for “SETUP” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “CUSTOM,” then press ENTER. The Setup Display appears. 4 Press X/x to select the setup item from the displayed list: “LANGUAGE SETUP,” “SCREEN SETUP,” “CUSTOM SETUP,” “AUDIO SETUP,” or “SPEAKER SETUP.” Then press ENTER. The Setup item is selected. Example: “SCREEN SETUP” 5 Select an item using X/x, then press ENTER. The options for the selected item appear. Example: “TV TYPE” X/x ENTER DISPLAY ( 47 ) : : QUICK CUSTOM RESET DVD VIDEO STOP QUICK LANGUAGE SETUP OSD: MENU: AUDIO: SUBTITLE: ENGLISH ENGLISH ORIGINAL ENGLISH SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: SCREEN SAVER: BACKGROUND: 4:3 LETTER BOX ON JACKET PICTURE COMPONENT OUT: MODE: AUTO INTERLACE Selected item Setup items ,continued 74 6 Select a setting using X/x, then press ENTER. The setting is selected and setup is complete. Example: “16:9” To turn off the display Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the display is turned off. To enter the Quick Setup mode Select “QUICK” in step 3. Follow from step 5 of the Quick Setup explanation to make basic adjustments (page 29). To reset all the “SETUP” settings 1 Select “RESET” in step 3 and press ENTER. 2 Select “YES” using X/x. You can also quit the process and return to the Control Menu by selecting “NO” here. 3 Press ENTER. All the settings explained on pages 74 to 83 return to the default settings. Do not press [/1 while resetting the player, which takes a few seconds to complete. Setting the Display or Sound Track Language (LANGUAGE SETUP) “LANGUAGE SETUP” allows you to set various languages for the on-screen display or sound track. Select “LANGUAGE SETUP” in the Setup Display. To use the display, see “Using the Setup Display” (page 73). ◆OSD (On-Screen Display) Switches the display language on the screen. ◆MENU (DVD VIDEO only) You can select the desired language for the disc’s menu. ◆AUDIO (DVD VIDEO only) Switches the language of the sound track. When you select “ORIGINAL,” the language given priority in the disc is selected. ◆SUBTITLE (DVD VIDEO only) Switches the language of the subtitle recorded on the DVD VIDEO. When you select “AUDIO FOLLOW,” the language for the subtitles changes according to the language you selected for the sound track. z Hint If you select “OTHERS t” in “MENU,” “SUBTITLE,” or “AUDIO,” select and enter a language code from “Language Code List” on page 91 using the number buttons. Note When you select a language in “MENU,” “SUBTITLE,” or “AUDIO” that is not recorded on a DVD VIDEO, one of the recorded languages will be automatically selected. SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: SCREEN SAVER: BACKGROUND: 4:3 LETTER BOX 4:3 PAN SCAN COMPONENT OUT: 16:9 MODE: AUTO 4:3 LETTER BOX Options SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: SCREEN SAVER: BACKGROUND: 16:9 ON JACKET PICTURE COMPONENT OUT: MODE: AUTO INTERLACE Selected setting LANGUAGE SETUP OSD: MENU: AUDIO: SUBTITLE: ENGLISH ENGLISH ORIGINAL ENGLISH 75 Settings and Adjustments Settings for the Display (SCREEN SETUP) Choose settings according to the TV to be connected. Select “SCREEN SETUP” in the Setup Display. To use the display, see “Using the Setup Display” (page 73). The default settings are underlined. ◆ TV TYPE Selects the aspect ratio of the connected TV (4:3 standard or wide). * 16:9 is the default setting for DVP-NS915V. Note Depending on the DVD, “4:3 LETTER BOX” may be selected automatically instead of “4:3 PAN SCAN” or vice versa. ◆ COLOR SYSTEM (VIDEO CD only) (DVP-NS915V only) Selects the color system when you play a VIDEO CD. Notes • You cannot change the color system for DVDs. • You can change the color system of this player according to the connected TV. See page 17. ◆ SCREEN SAVER The screen saver image appears when you leave the player in pause or stop mode for 15 minutes, or when you play back a Super Audio CD, CD, or DATA CD (MP3 audio) for more than 15 minutes. The screen saver will help prevent your display device from becoming damaged (ghosting). Press H to turn off the screen saver. 4:3 LETTER BOX Select this when you connect a 4:3 screen TV. Displays a wide picture with bands on the upper and lower portions of the screen. 4:3 PAN SCAN Select this when you connect a 4:3 screen TV. Automatically displays a wide picture on the entire screen and cuts off the portions that do not fit. 16:9* Select this when you connect a wide-screen TV or a TV with a wide mode function. SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: SCREEN SAVER: BACKGROUND: 4:3 LETTER BOX ON JACKET PICTURE COMPONENT OUT: INTERLACE MODE: AUTO 4:3 PAN SCAN 4:3 LETTER BOX 16:9 AUTO Outputs the video signal in the system of the VIDEO CD, either PAL or NTSC. If your TV is the DUAL system, select AUTO. PAL Changes the video signals of an NTSC VIDEO CD and outputs it in the PAL system. NTSC Changes the video signals of a PAL VIDEO CD and outputs it in the NTSC system. ON Turns on the screen saver. OFF Turns off the screen saver. ,continued 76 ◆ BACKGROUND Selects the background color or picture on the TV screen in stop mode or while playing a Super Audio CD, CD, or DATA CD (MP3 audio). ◆ COMPONENT OUT This will change the type of signal output from the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks on the player. See page 88 for more information about the different types. z Hint When the player outputs progressive signals, the PROGRESSIVE indicator lights up. Note If you select “PROGRESSIVE” when you connect the player to a TV that cannot accept the signal in progressive format 480p (525p), the image quality will deteriorate. In this case, set the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT/SCAN SELECT switch on the back panel of the player to INTERLACE. Then set “COMPONENT OUT” to “INTERLACE” when you can see the TV screen correctly, and reset the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT/SCAN SELECT switch to SELECTABLE. When “PROGRESSIVE” is selected in “COMPONENT OUT” You can fine-tune the Progressive 480p (525p)* video signal output when you select “PROGRESSIVE” in “COMPONENT OUT” of the “SCREEN SETUP” display and connect the player to the TV that is able to accept the video signal in progressive format. * The active number of progressive scan lines is 480, and the measured number of lines is 525. ◆MODE (Conversion Modes) DVD software can be divided into two types: film based software and video based software. Video based software is derived from TV, such as dramas and sit-coms, and displays images at 30 frames/60 fields per second. Film based software is derived from film and displays images at 24 frames per second. Some DVD software contains both Video and Film. In order for these images to appear natural on your screen when output in PROGRESSIVE mode (60 frames per second), the progressive video signal needs to be converted to match the type of DVD software that you are watching. Note When you play video based software with progressive signals, sections of some types of images may appear unnatural due to the conversion process when output through the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks. Images from the S VIDEO OUT 1/2 and LINE OUT (VIDEO) 1/2 jacks are unaffected as they are output in the interlace format. JACKET PICTURE The jacket picture (still picture) appears, but only when the jacket picture is already recorded on the disc (CD- EXTRA, etc.). If the disc does not contain a jacket picture, the “GRAPHICS” picture appears. GRAPHICS A preset picture stored in the player appears. BLUE The background color is blue. BLACK The background color is black. INTERLACE Select this when you are connected to a standard (interlace format) TV. PROGRESSIVE Select this when you have a TV that can accept progressive signals. AUTO This will automatically detect if you are playing Film based or Video based software and convert the signal to the appropriate conversion mode. Normally select this position. VIDEO This will set the conversion mode for Video based software, regardless of the type of software that you are playing. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-19 77 Settings and Adjustments Custom Settings (CUSTOM SETUP) Use this to set up playback related and other settings. Select “CUSTOM SETUP” in the Setup Display. To use the display, see “Using the Setup Display” (page 73). The default settings are underlined. ◆ AUTO POWER OFF (DVP-NS755V only) Switches the Auto Power Off setting on or off. For DVP-NS915V, the AUTO POWER OFF function is fixed to “ON”. ◆ AUTO PLAY Switches the Auto Play setting on or off. This function is useful when the player is connected to a timer (not supplied). ◆ DIMMER Adjusts the lighting of the front panel display. ◆ PAUSE MODE (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW only) Selects the picture in pause mode. ◆ PLAYBACK MEMORY (DVD VIDEO/ VIDEO CD only) The player can store “SUBTITLE” and other settings of each disc for up to 40 discs (Playback Memory). Set this function “ON” or “OFF.” The following settings are stored in memory. – ANGLE (page 60)* – AUDIO (page 55)* – BNR (page 61) – DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER (page 64) – SUBTITLE (page 60)* – CUSTOM PICTURE MODE (page 62) * DVD VIDEO only Note The player can store the settings of up to 40 discs. When you store the setting of disc number 41, the first disc setting is canceled. ◆ TRACK SELECTION (DVD VIDEO only) Gives the sound track which contains the highest number of channels priority when you play a DVD VIDEO on which multiple audio formats (PCM, MPEG audio, DTS, or Dolby Digital format) are recorded. OFF Switches this function off. ON The player enters standby mode when left in stop mode for more than 30 minutes. OFF Switches this function off. ON Automatically starts playback when the player is turned on. BRIGHT Makes the lighting bright. DARK Makes the lighting dark. AUTO DARK Makes the lighting dark if you do not operate the player or the remote for a short while. AUTO OFF Turns off the lighting if you do not operate the player or the remote for a short while. OFF Turns off the lighting. CUSTOM SETUP AUTO POWER OFF: AUTO PLAY: DIMMER: OFF OFF BRIGHT AUTO PAUSE MODE: OFF TRACK SELECTION: ON PLAYBACK MEMORY: ON MULTI-DISC RESUME: OFF CD DIRECT: AUTO The picture, including subjects that move dynamically, is output with no jitter. Normally select this position. FRAME The picture, including subjects that do not move dynamically, is output in high resolution. ON Stores the settings in memory when you eject the disc. OFF Does not store the settings in memory. OFF No priority given. AUTO Priority given. ,continued 78 Notes • When you set the item to “AUTO,” the language may change. The “TRACK SELECTION” setting has higher priority than the “AUDIO” settings in “LANGUAGE SETUP” (page 74). • If PCM, MPEG audio, DTS, and Dolby Digital sound tracks have the same number of channels, the player selects PCM, MPEG audio, DTS, and Dolby Digital sound tracks in this order. ◆ MULTI-DISC RESUME (DVD VIDEO/ VIDEO CD only) Switches the Multi-disc Resume setting on or off. Resume playback point can be stored in memory for up to 40 different DVD VIDEO/ VIDEO CD discs (page 37). ◆ CD DIRECT Eliminates the use of unnecessary circuits when playing CDs. This setting will be activated when you open or close the disc tray. This function affects the output from the following jacks: – LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks – 5.1CH OUTPUT jacks Note If you select “ON” when playing CDs with DTS tracks, the sound will become noisy. Settings for the Sound (AUDIO SETUP) “AUDIO SETUP” allows you to set the sound according to the playback and connection conditions. Select “AUDIO SETUP” in the Setup Display. To use the display, see “Using the Setup Display” (page 73). The default settings are underlined. ◆AUDIO ATT (attenuation) If the playback sound is distorted, set this item to “ON.” The player reduces the audio output level. This function affects the output of the following jacks: – LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks – 5.1CH OUTPUT jacks ◆AUDIO DRC (Dynamic Range Control) (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW only) Makes the sound clear when the volume is turned down when playing a DVD that conforms to “AUDIO DRC.” This affects the output from the following jacks: – LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks – 5.1CH OUTPUT jacks – DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack only when “DOLBY DIGITAL” is set to “D-PCM” (page 79). ON Stores the resume settings in memory for up to 40 discs (The settings remain in memory even if you select OFF.) OFF Does not store the resume settings in memory. Playback restarts at the resume point only for the current disc in the player. OFF Select this when playing CD discs, including CDs with DTS tracks. ON Eliminates the use of unnecessary circuits needed to play CDs. OFF Normally, select this position. ON Select this when the playback sound from the speakers is distorted. STANDARD Normally select this position. TV MODE Makes the low sounds clear even if you turn the volume down. WIDE RANGE Gives you the feeling of being at a live performance. AUDIO SETUP AUDIO ATT: AUDIO DRC: DIGITAL OUT: OFF STANDARD AUDIO FILTER: SHARP ON DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND DOLBY DIGITAL: D-PCM DTS: D-PCM 48kHz/96kHz PCM: 48kHz/16bit 79 Settings and Adjustments ◆ AUDIO FILTER (except Super Audio CD) Selects the digital filter to reduce noise above 22.05 kHz (Sampling frequency (Fs) of the audio source is 44.1 kHz), 24 kHz (Fs is 48 kHz), or 48 kHz (Fs is above 96 kHz). Note There may be little effect by changing the digital filter depending on discs or playback environment. ◆ DOWNMIX (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW only) Switches the method for mixing down to 2 channels when you play a DVD which has rear sound elements (channels) or is recorded in Dolby Digital format. For details on the rear signal components, see “Displaying the audio information of the disc” (page 56). This function affects the output of the following jacks: – LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks – DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack when “DOLBY DIGITAL” and “DTS” is set to “D-PCM” (page 79). ◆ DIGITAL OUT Select this if audio signals are to be output via the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack. Note Super Audio CD audio signals are not output from a digital jack. Setting the digital output signal Switches the method of outputting audio signals when you connect a component such as an amplifier (receiver) or MD deck with a digital input jack. For connection details, see page 22. Select “DOLBY DIGITAL,” “MPEG,” “DTS,” and “48 kHz/96 kHz PCM” after setting “DIGITAL OUT” to “ON.” If you connect a component that does not conform to the selected audio signal, a loud noise (or no sound) will come out from the speakers, damaging your ears or speakers. ◆ DOLBY DIGITAL (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW only) Selects the type of Dolby Digital signal. SHARP Provides a wide frequency range and spatial feeling. SLOW Provides smooth and warm sound. DOLBY SUR- ROUND Select this when the player is connected to an audio component that conforms to Dolby Surround (Pro Logic). NORMAL Select this when the player is connected to an audio component that does not conform to Dolby Surround (Pro Logic). ON Normally select this position. When you select “ON,” see “Setting the digital output signal” for further settings. OFF The influence of the digital circuit upon the analog circuit is minimal. D-PCM Select this when the player is connected to an audio component without a built-in Dolby Digital decoder. You can select whether the signals conform to Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) or not by making adjustments to the “DOWNMIX” item in “AUDIO SETUP” (page 79). DOLBY DIGITAL Select this when the player is connected to an audio component with a built-in Dolby Digital decoder. AUDIO SETUP AUDIO ATT: AUDIO DRC: DIGITAL OUT: DOLBY DIGITAL: OFF STANDARD AUDIO FILTER: SHARP ON DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND D-PCM 48kHz/96kHz PCM: 48kHz/16bit DTS: D-PCM ,continued 80 ◆ MPEG (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW only) (DVP-NS915V only) Selects the type of MPEG audio signal. ◆ DTS (DVD VIDEO only) Selects the type of DTS signal. ◆ 48kHz/96kHz PCM (DVD VIDEO only) Selects the sampling frequency of the audio signal. Notes • Even if you set “48kHz/96kHz PCM” to “96kHz/ 24bit,” the sampling frequency is converted to 48kHz/16bit when a “SURROUND” mode (page 57) is selected. • The analog audio signals from the LINE OUT L/ R (AUDIO) jacks and 5.1CH OUTPUT jacks are not affected by this setting and keep their original sampling frequency level. PCM Select this when the player is connected to an audio component without a built-in MPEG decoder. If you play MPEG audio sound tracks, the player outputs stereo signals via the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack. MPEG Select this when the player is connected to an audio component with a built-in MPEG decoder. D-PCM Select this when the player is connected to an audio component without a built-in DTS decoder. If you play DTS audio sound tracks, the player outputs stereo signals via the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jacks. DTS Select this when the player is connected to an audio component with a built-in DTS decoder. 48kHz/16bit The audio signals of DVD VIDEOs are always converted to 48kHz/16bit. 96kHz/24bit All types of signals including 96kHz/24bit are output in their original format. However, if the signal is encrypted for copyright protection purposes, the signal is only output as 48kHz/16bit. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-20 81 Settings and Adjustments Settings for the Speakers (SPEAKER SETUP) To obtain the best possible surround sound, set the size of the speakers you have connected and their distance from your listening position. Then use the test tone to adjust the volume and the balance of the speakers to the same level. This setting is effective when connecting the speaker with 5.1 CH OUTPUT jacks (page 27). Select “SPEAKER SETUP” in the Setup Display. To use the display, see “Using the Setup Display” (page 73). The default settings are underlined. To return to the default setting Select the item, then press CLEAR. Note that only the “SIZE” setting does not return to the default setting. ◆ SIZE Selects the size of the speakers. • FRONT • CENTER • REAR * Rear speaker position Correctly specify the location of the rear speakers to enjoy the surround effect. • Set to “SIDE,” if the location of the rear speakers corresponds to section A below. • Set to “REAR,” if the location of the rear speakers corresponds to section B below. This setting affects only “VIRTUAL REAR SHIFT,” “VIRTUAL MULTI REAR,” and “VIRTUAL MULTI DIMENSION” mode (page 57). This setting does not affect the Super Audio CD Multi audio signals. LARGE Normally select this position. SMALL Select this when the sound distorts or the surround effects are difficult to hear. SPEAKER SETUP DISTANCE: BALANCE: LEVEL: OFF TEST TONE: FRONT: CENTER: YES LARGE(REAR) LARGE LARGE REAR: SUBWOOFER: SIZE: NONE Select this if you do not connect a center speaker. LARGE Normally select this position. SMALL Select this when the sound distorts or the surround effects are difficult to hear. NONE Select this if you do not connect rear speakers. LARGE (REAR/SIDE): Normally select this position. Select according to the rear speaker position*. SMALL (REAR/SIDE): Select this when the sound distorts or the surround effects are difficult to hear. Select according to the rear speaker position*. 90 20 45 ,continued 82 • SUBWOOFER Notes • The cut off frequency for the subwoofer is fixed at 120 Hz. • If your speakers are too small to reproduce low bass frequencies, utilize a subwoofer for low frequency sound. When you set all speaker settings to “SMALL,” the bass redirection circuitry will be activated and the bass frequencies are output from the subwoofer. • Even if there are fewer than 6 speakers connected, the player distributes the audio signal components to the front speakers. ◆ DISTANCE Sets the distance from your listening position to the speakers. Set the distance to your front speakers in “FRONT” first (C). Values in “CENTER” (center speaker) and “REAR” (rear speaker) will automatically change to the same value (D and E). Adjust these values to reflect the actual distance to your center and rear speakers. Be sure to change the value in the Setup Display when you move the speakers. The default adjustments are in parentheses. For DVP-NS755V For DVP-NS915V Notes • If each of the front or rear speakers are not placed at an equal distance from your listening position, set the distance according to the closest speaker. • Do not place the rear speakers farther away from your listening position than the front speakers. • These settings do not affect the Super Audio CD Multi audio signals. NONE Select this if you do not connect a subwoofer. YES Select this if you connect a subwoofer to output the LFE (low frequency effect) signals from the subwoofer. (4~50 ft/ 1~15 m) (4~50 ft/ 1~15 m) FRONT (10 ft) Set this between 4 and 50 feet in 1 foot increments. CENTER (10 ft) Set this within –5 and +2 feet of the “FRONT” setting in 1 foot increments. For example, if “FRONT” is set to 6 feet, “CENTER” can be set between 1 and 8 feet. REAR (10 ft) Set this between the “FRONT” setting and –16 feet in 1 foot increments. For example, if “FRONT” is set to 17 feet, “REAR” can be set between 1 and 17 feet. FRONT (3 m) Set this between 1 and 15 meters in 0.2 meter increments. CENTER (3 m) Set this within –1.6 and +0.6 meters of the “FRONT” setting in 0.2 meter increments. For example, if “FRONT” is set to 6 meters, “CENTER” can be set between 4.4 and 6.6 meters. REAR (3 m) Set this between the “FRONT” setting and –5 meters in 0.2 meter increments. For example, if “FRONT” is set to 6 meters, “REAR” can be set between 1 and 6 meters. 83 Settings and Adjustments ◆ BALANCE Varies the balance of the left and right speakers. Be sure to set “TEST TONE” to “ON” for easy adjustment. The default adjustments are in parentheses. ◆ LEVEL Varies the level of each speaker. Be sure to set “TEST TONE” to “ON” for easy adjustment. The default adjustments are in parentheses. To adjust the volume of all the speakers at one time Use the amplifier’s (receiver’s) volume control. ◆ TEST TONE The speakers will emit a test tone. Use this when you use the 5.1CH OUTPUT jacks and adjust the “BALANCE” and “LEVEL.” Adjusting the speaker volume and level 1 Select “SPEAKER SETUP” in the Setup Display. 2 Select “TEST TONE” and set to “ON.” You will hear the test tone from each speaker in sequence. 3 From your listening position, select “BALANCE” or “LEVEL” and adjust the value of “BALANCE” using C/c and “LEVEL” using X/x. The test tone is emitted from both left and right speakers simultaneously. 4 Select “TEST TONE” and set to “OFF” to turn off the test tone. Note The test tone signals are not output from the digital jack. FRONT (0 dB) Set this between –6 dB [L] and +6 dB [R] (0.5 dB increments). REAR (0 dB) Set this between –6 dB [L] and +6 dB [R] (0.5 dB increments). FRONT (0 dB) Set this between –6 dB and 0 dB (0.5 dB increments). CENTER (0 dB) Set this between –12 dB and 0 dB (0.5 dB increments). REAR (0 dB) Set this between –12 dB and 0 dB (0.5 dB increments). SUBWOOFER (0 dB) Set this between –10 dB and +10 dB (0.5 dB increments). OFF The test tone is not emitted from the speakers. ON The test tone is emitted from each speaker in sequence while adjusting balance or level. 84 Additional Information Troubleshooting If you experience any of the following difficulties while using the player, use this troubleshooting guide to help remedy the problem before requesting repairs. Should any problem persist, consult your nearest Sony dealer. Power The power is not turned on. , Check that the AC power cord is connected securely. Picture There is no picture/picture noise appears. , Re-connect the connecting cord securely. , The connecting cords are damaged. , Check the connection to your TV (page 20) and switch the input selector on your TV so that the signal from the player appears on the TV screen. , The disc is dirty or flawed. , If the picture output from your player goes through your VCR to get to your TV or if you are connected to a combination TV/ VIDEO player, the copy-protection signal applied to some DVD programs could affect picture quality. If you still experience problems even when you connect your player directly to your TV, please try connecting your player to your TV’s S VIDEO input (page 20). , If the color system of your player does not match with that of your TV, change the color system of the player. For details, see page 17. (You cannot change the color system of the DVD disc itself.) , You have set “COMPONENT OUT” in “SCREEN SETUP” to “PROGRESSIVE” even though your TV cannot accept the signal in progressive format. In this case, set the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT/SCAN SELECT switch on the back panel of the player to INTERLACE. Then set “COMPONENT OUT” to “INTERLACE” after you can see the TV screen correctly, and reset the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT/ SCAN SELECT switch to SELECTABLE. , Even if your TV is compatible with progressive format 480p (525p) signals, the image may be affected when you set “COMPONENT OUT” to “PROGRESSIVE.” In this case, set “COMPONENT OUT” to “INTERLACE.” Even though you set the aspect ratio in “TV TYPE” of “SCREEN SETUP,” the picture does not fill the screen. , The aspect ratio of the disc is fixed on your DVD. Sound There is no sound. , Re-connect the connecting cord securely. , The connecting cord is damaged. , The player is connected to the wrong input jack on the amplifier (receiver) (page 25, 26, 27). , The amplifier (receiver) input is not correctly set. , The player is in pause mode or in Slow- motion Play mode. , The player is in fast forward or fast reverse mode. , If the audio signal does not come through the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack, check the audio settings (page 79). , Super Audio CD audio signals are not output from the digital jack. , While playing a Super VCD on which the audio track 2 is not recorded, no sound will come out when you select “2:STEREO,” “2:1/L,” or “2:2/R.” Sound distortion occurs. , Set “AUDIO ATT” in “AUDIO SETUP” to “ON” (page 78). The sound volume is low. , The sound volume is low on some DVDs. The sound volume may improve if you set “AUDIO DRC” to “TV MODE” (page 78). , Set “AUDIO ATT” in “AUDIO SETUP” to “OFF” (page 78). www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-21 85 Additional Information The surround effect is difficult to hear when you are playing a Dolby Digital, DTS, or MPEG audio sound track. , Check the speaker connections and setting (page 27, 29, 79). , The 5.1 channel sound is not recorded on the disc being played. The sound comes from the center speaker only. , Depending on the disc, the sound may come from the center speaker only. , Set “SURROUND” to “OFF” (page 57). Operation The remote does not function. , The batteries in the remote are weak. , There are obstacles between the remote and the player. , The distance between the remote and the player is too far. , The remote is not pointed at the remote sensor on the player. The disc does not play. , The disc is turned over. Insert the disc with the playback side facing down on the disc tray. , The disc is skewed. , The player cannot play certain discs (page 6). , The region code on the DVD does not match the player. , Moisture has condensed inside the player (page 3). , The player cannot play DVD-Rs, DVD- RWs, CD-Rs, or CD-RWs that are not finalized (page 7). The MP3 audio track cannot be played (page 42). , The DATA CD is not recorded in the MP3 format that conforms to ISO9660 Level 1/ Level 2 or Joliet. , The MP3 audio track does not have the extension “.MP3.” , The data is not formatted in MP3 even though it has the extension “.MP3.” , The data is not MPEG1 Audio Layer 3 data. , The player cannot play audio tracks in MP3PRO format. “Copyright lock” appears and the screen turns blue when playing a DVD-RW disc. , Images taken from digital broadcasts, etc., may contain copy protection signals, such as complete copy protection signals, single copy signals, and restriction-free signals. When images that contain copy protection signals are played, a blue screen may appear instead of the images. It may take a while when looking for playable images. The title of the MP3 audio album or track is not correctly displayed. , The player can only display numbers and alphabet. Other characters are displayed as “*.” The disc does not start playing from the beginning. , Program Play, Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, or A-B Repeat Play has been selected (page 43). , Resume play has taken effect (page 37). The player starts playing the disc automatically. , The disc features an auto playback function. , “AUTO PLAY” in “CUSTOM SETUP” is set to “ON” (page 77). Playback stops automatically. , While playing discs with an auto pause signal, the player stops playback at the auto pause signal. You cannot perform some functions such as Stop, Search, Slow-motion Play, Repeat Play, Shuffle Play, or Program Play. , Depending on the disc, you may not be able to do some of the operations above. See the operating manual that comes with the disc. The language for the sound track cannot be changed. , Try using the DVD’s menu instead of the direct selection button on the remote (page 38). , Multilingual tracks are not recorded on the DVD being played. , The DVD prohibits the changing of the language for the sound track. ,continued 86 The subtitle language cannot be changed or turned off. , Try using the DVD’s menu instead of the direct selection button on the remote (page 38). , Multilingual subtitles are not recorded on the DVD being played. , The DVD prohibits the changing of the subtitles. The angles cannot be changed. , Try using the DVD’s menu instead of the direct selection button on the remote (page 38). , Multi-angles are not recorded on the DVD being played. , The angle can only be changed when the “ANGLE” indicator lights up on the front panel display (page 10). , The DVD prohibits changing of the angles. The player does not operate properly. , When static electricity, etc., causes the player to operate abnormally, unplug the player. Nothing is displayed on the front panel display. , “DIMMER” in “CUSTOM SETUP” is set to “OFF” or “AUTO OFF.” Set “DIMMER” to any setting other than “OFF” or “AUTO OFF” (page 77). 5 numbers or letters are displayed on the screen and on the front panel display. , The self-diagnosis function was activated. (See the table on page 87.) The disc tray does not open and “LOCKED” appears on the front panel display. , Child Lock is set (page 34). The disc tray does not open and “TRAY LOCKED” appears on the front panel display. , Contact your Sony dealer or local authorized Sony service facility. “Data error” appears on the TV screen when playing a DATA CD. , The MP3 audio track you want to play is broken. , The data is not MPEG1 Audio Layer 3 data. 87 Additional Information Self-diagnosis Function (When letters/numbers appear in the display) When the self-diagnosis function is activated to prevent the player from malfunctioning, a five-character service number (e.g., C 13 50) with a combination of a letter and four digits appears on the screen and the front panel display. In this case, check the following table. Glossary Chapter (page 10) Sections of a picture or a music feature that are smaller than titles. A title is composed of several chapters. Depending on the disc, no chapters may be recorded. Dolby Digital (page 27, 79) Digital audio compression technology developed by Dolby Laboratories. This technology conforms to 5.1-channel surround sound. The rear channel is stereo and there is a discrete subwoofer channel in this format. Dolby Digital provides the same 5.1 discrete channels of high quality digital audio found in Dolby Digital cinema audio systems. Good channel separation is realized because all of the channel data are recorded discretely and little deterioration is realized because all channel data processing is digital. Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) (page 26) Audio signal processing technology that Dolby Laboratories developed for surround sound. When the input signal contains a surround component, the Pro Logic process outputs the front, center and rear signals. The rear channel is monaural. DTS (page 27, 80) Digital audio compression technology that Digital Theater Systems, Inc. developed. This technology conforms to 5.1-channel surround sound. The rear channel is stereo and there is a discrete subwoofer channel in this format. DTS provides the same 5.1 discrete channels of high quality digital audio. Good channel separation is realized because all of the channel data is recorded discretely and little deterioration is realized because all channel data processing is digital. DVD VIDEO (page 6) A disc that contains up to 8 hours of moving pictures even though its diameter is the same as a CD. The data capacity of a single-layer and single- sided DVD is 4.7 GB (Giga Byte), which is 7 times that of a CD. The data capacity of a double-layer and single-sided DVD is 8.5 First three characters of the service number Cause and/or corrective action C 13 The disc is dirty. ,Clean the disc with a soft cloth (page 8). C 31 The disc is not inserted correctly. ,Re-insert the disc correctly. E XX (xx is a number) To prevent a malfunction, the player has performed the self-diagnosis function. ,Contact your nearest Sony dealer or local authorized Sony service facility and give the 5- character service number. Example: E 61 10 C:13:50 ,continued 88 GB, a single-layer and double-sided DVD is 9.4 GB, and double-layer and double-sided DVD is 17GB. The picture data uses the MPEG 2 format, one of the worldwide standards of digital compression technology. The picture data is compressed to about 1/40 (average) of its original size. The DVD also uses a variable rate coding technology that changes the data to be allocated according to the status of the picture. Audio information is recorded in a multi-channel format, such as Dolby Digital, allowing you to enjoy a more real audio presence. Furthermore, various advanced functions such as the multi-angle, multilingual, and Parental Control functions are provided with the DVD. DVD-RW (page 6) A DVD-RW is a recordable and rewritable disc with the same size as the DVD VIDEO. The DVD-RW can be recorded in two different modes: VR mode and Video mode. VR (Video Recording) mode enables various programming and editing functions, some of which are limited in the case of Video mode. Video mode complies with DVD VIDEO format and can be played on other DVD players while a DVD-RW recorded in VR mode can only be played on DVD-RW compliant players. The “DVD-RW” appearing in this manual, and the on-screen displays refer to DVD-RWs in VR mode. Film based software, Video based software (page 76) DVDs can be classified as Film based or Video based software. Film based DVDs contain the same images (24 frames per second) that are shown at movie theaters. Video based DVDs, such as television dramas or sit-coms, displays images at 30 frames (or 60 fields) per second. Index (CD)/Video Index (VIDEO CD) (page 10) A number that divides a track into sections to easily locate the point you want on a CD or VIDEO CD. Depending on the disc, no index may be recorded. Interlace format (page 76) Interlace format shows every other line of an image as a single “field” and is the standard method for displaying images on television. The even number field shows the even numbered lines of an image, and the odd numbered field shows the odd numbered lines of an image. MPEG audio (page 27, 80) International standard coding system used to compress audio digital signals authorized by ISO/IEC. MPEG 1 conforms to up to 2- channel stereo. MPEG 2, used on DVDs, conforms to up to 7.1-channel surround. Progressive format (page 76) Compared to the Interlace format that alternately shows every other line of an image (field) to create one frame, the Progressive format shows the entire image at once as a single frame. This means that while the Interlace format can show 30 frames (60 fields) in one second, the Progressive format can show 60 frames in one second. The overall picture quality increases and still images, text, and horizontal lines appear sharper. This player is compatible with the 480 (525) progressive format. Scene (page 10) On a VIDEO CD with PBC (playback control) functions, the menu screens, moving pictures and still pictures are divided into sections called “scenes.” Super Audio CD (page 6) A Super Audio CD disc can reproduce sounds that are extremely faithful to the original sound by use of DSD (Direct Stream Digital) technology. This technology utilizes a sampling frequency of 2.8224 MHz, which is 64 times that of a conventional CD, and 1-bit quantization that enables the disc to hold 4 times the amount of information that a standard PCM format CD can hold. Super Audio CDs are divided into the following types. • Super Audio CD (single layer disc) This disc consists of a single HD layer*. *High density signal layer for the Super Audio CD www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-22 1-22 E 89 Additional Information • Super Audio CD (dual layer disc) This disc consists of dual HD layers and is capable of extended play over long periods. Also, as the dual layer disc consists of dual HD layers on one side only, you do not have to turn the disc over during playback. • Super Audio CD + CD (Hybrid disc) This disc consists of an HD layer and a CD layer. Also, as the dual layers are on one side only, you do not have to turn the disc over during playback. You can play the CD layer using a conventional CD player. • 2 channel + Multi-channel Super Audio CD This disc consists of the 2 channel playback area and the multi-channel playback area. Title (page 10) The longest section of a picture or music feature on a DVD, movie, etc., in video software, or the entire album in audio software. Track (page 10) Sections of a picture or a music feature on a CD or VIDEO CD (the length of a song). HD (high density) layer HD layer HD layer CD layer HD layer 2 channel playback area Multi-channel playback area 91 Additional Information Language Code List For details, see pages 55, 60, 74. The language spellings conform to the ISO 639: 1988 (E/F) standard. Code Language Code Language Code Language Code Language 1027 Afar 1028 Abkhazian 1032 Afrikaans 1039 Amharic 1044 Arabic 1045 Assamese 1051 Aymara 1052 Azerbaijani 1053 Bashkir 1057 Byelorussian 1059 Bulgarian 1060 Bihari 1061 Bislama 1066 Bengali; Bangla 1067 Tibetan 1070 Breton 1079 Catalan 1093 Corsican 1097 Czech 1103 Welsh 1105 Danish 1109 German 1130 Bhutani 1142 Greek 1144 English 1145 Esperanto 1149 Spanish 1150 Estonian 1151 Basque 1157 Persian 1165 Finnish 1166 Fiji 1171 Faroese 1174 French 1181 Frisian 1183 Irish 1186 Scots Gaelic 1194 Galician 1196 Guarani 1203 Gujarati 1209 Hausa 1217 Hindi 1226 Croatian 1229 Hungarian 1233 Armenian 1235 Interlingua 1239 Interlingue 1245 Inupiak 1248 Indonesian 1253 Icelandic 1254 Italian 1257 Hebrew 1261 Japanese 1269 Yiddish 1283 Javanese 1287 Georgian 1297 Kazakh 1298 Greenlandic 1299 Cambodian 1300 Kannada 1301 Korean 1305 Kashmiri 1307 Kurdish 1311 Kirghiz 1313 Latin 1326 Lingala 1327 Laothian 1332 Lithuanian 1334 Latvian; Lettish 1345 Malagasy 1347 Maori 1349 Macedonian 1350 Malayalam 1352 Mongolian 1353 Moldavian 1356 Marathi 1357 Malay 1358 Maltese 1363 Burmese 1365 Nauru 1369 Nepali 1376 Dutch 1379 Norwegian 1393 Occitan 1403 (Afan)Oromo 1408 Oriya 1417 Punjabi 1428 Polish 1435 Pashto; Pushto 1436 Portuguese 1463 Quechua 1481 Rhaeto- Romance 1482 Kirundi 1483 Romanian 1489 Russian 1491 Kinyarwanda 1495 Sanskrit 1498 Sindhi 1501 Sangho 1502 Serbo- Croatian 1503 Singhalese 1505 Slovak 1506 Slovenian 1507 Samoan 1508 Shona 1509 Somali 1511 Albanian 1512 Serbian 1513 Siswati 1514 Sesotho 1515 Sundanese 1516 Swedish 1517 Swahili 1521 Tamil 1525 Telugu 1527 Tajik 1528 Thai 1529 Tigrinya 1531 Turkmen 1532 Tagalog 1534 Setswana 1535 Tonga 1538 Turkish 1539 Tsonga 1540 Tatar 1543 Twi 1557 Ukrainian 1564 Urdu 1572 Uzbek 1581 Vietnamese 1587 Volapük 1613 Wolof 1632 Xhosa 1665 Yoruba 1684 Chinese 1697 Zulu 1703 Not specified www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-1 Note: Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given. 2-1. CASE REMOVAL SECTION 2 DISASSEMBLY DVP-NS705V/NS755V/NS905V/NS915V 1 Tapping screw 2 Tapping screw 3 Three screws (B3) 4 Case 2 Pull the tray in the direction of arrow B. 3 Two claws 4 Tray cover ass’y 1 Insert a tapering driver into the aperture of the unit bottom, and move the lever of chuck cam in the direction of arrow A. B A 2 Claw 4 Claw 3 Two claws 5 Two claws 1 Flexible board (CN406) 6 Front panel block ass’y 2 Connector (CN201) 1 Connector (FAE-009: CN101) 4 Two screws (B3) 3 Two screws (B3) 5 Power block 2-2. TRAY COVER ASS’Y REMOVAL 2-3. FRONT PANEL BLOCK ASS’Y REMOVAL 2-4. POWER BLOCK REMOVAL www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-2 2 Three screws (B3) 4 Mechanism deck 1 Two flexible flat cables (FMO-001: CN203, FMO-002: CN204) 3 Two claws 1 Flexible flat cable (FMM-035: CN201) 1 Connector (CN302) 3 Seven screws (B3) 2 Two screws (B3) EXCEPT NS-705V/ 905: AEP, UK, RU 5 AV-64 board 4 Screw 2 Five screws (B3) 3 MB-105 board 1 Flexible flat cable (FAE-009: CN601) 1 Flexible flat cable (FAE-009: CN901) 4 Two screws (B3) 3 Two screws (B3) 2 Two screws (B3) NS-905V: AEP, UK, RU NS-705V/ 905V: AEP, UK, RU 5 ER-19 board 2-5. MECHANISM DECK REMOVAL 2-7. MB-105 BOARD REMOVAL 2-6. AV-64 BOARD REMOVAL 2-8. ER-19 BOARD REMOVAL www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-3 6 Screw (B3) 7 IF-94 board 4 Connector (CN102) 1 Connector (CN201) 2 Two screws (B3) 5 Two screws (B3) 3 FP support 2-9. IF-94 BOARD REMOVAL 2-10. OPTICAL PICK-UP REMOVAL 2 Insulator 2 Insulator 2 Insulator 1 Insulator screw 1 Insulator screw 3 Optical pick-up 1 Insulator screw www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-4 2-11. INTERNAL VIEWS Optical pick-up (KHM-270AAA) A-6062-709-A DC motor (loading) not supplied DC motor (loading) not supplied www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-5 2-5 E 2-12. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION MB-105 (SIGNAL PROCESS, SERVO) Power Block (ETXNY393N2F (NS705V/NS905V/NS915V: HK, SP, MY, TH, PH, IA, VTM, KR)) (HS12S1U (NS755V/NS915V: TW)) (HS12S1F (NS915V: LA)) (SWITCHING REGULATOR) ER-19 (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) (EURO AV) AV-64 (AUDIO/VIDEO OUT) MS-81 (LOADING) IF-94 (INTERFACE CONTROL) LE-34 (LED) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS705V/NS755V/NS905V/NS915V SECTION 3 BLOCK DIAGRAMS 3-1 3-2 3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM IC201 IC301 IC403 IC303 IC101 IC504 IC406 IC202 BASE UNIT KHM-270AAA/ SERVICE ASSY MB-105 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-11 to 4-32) OPTICAL DEVICE DVD/CD PD IC RF DVD/CD RF AMP, SERVO ERROR PROCESS SIGO ARP, SERVO DSP FOCUS COIL TRACKING COIL FOCUS/ TRACKING COIL DRIVE, SPINDLE/ SLED/ LOADING MOTOR DRIVE M M SPINDLE MOTOR SLED MOTOR SERIAL BUS SERIAL BUS EEPROM PARALLEL BUS CDDOUT, CDDATA, CDBCK, CDLRCK SDI 0 – 7 SDI 0 – 7 SIGO AV DECODER CDDOUT, ACH12, ACH34, ACH56, BCK, LRCK NS755V/NS915V NS905V NS705V 16M DRAM 64M SDRAM SPDIF AUDIO D/A CONVERTER INLIMIT SW IC903 16M SDRAM IC501 AUDIO DSP IC104 SYSTEM CONTROL IC108 IC905 1M SRAM SACD DECODER IC106 32M FLASH or IC107 OTP IC502 AUDIO D/A CONVERTER MS-81 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-6) M M001 LOADING MOTOR CHUCK/TRAY DETECT S001 IC404 J102 (1/2) J102 (2/2) J201 J101 J103 AV-64 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-39 to 4-44) ER-19 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-53) FUNCTION KEY ND401 FLUORESCENT INDICATOR TUBE IF CON P-CONT Y, Cb, Cr V, Y, C VIDEO BUFFER RY904 SW IC301 IC303 AUDIO AMP IC201 IC202 IC203 5.1CH AUDIO AMP EVER+3.3V M+11V +5V SW+3.3V +1.8V SW+3.3V +5V SW+11V EVER+11V EVER–13V AI+5V EVER+3.3V SW–13V AU+11V POWER SUPPLY BLOCK (ETXNY393N2F) (NS705V/NS905V/NS915V : HK, SP, MY, TH, PH, IA,VTM, KR) (SEE PAGE 4-57) POWER BLOCK (HS12S1U) (NS755V/NS915V : TW) (SEE PAGE 4-61) POWER BLOCK (HS12S1F) (NS915V : LA) (SEE PAGE 4-65) IF-94 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-49) LE-34 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-34) SWITCHING REG AC IN 05 EXCEPT NS705V/NS905V :AEP, UK, RUS EXCEPT NS705V/NS905V :AEP, UK, RUS EXCEPT NS705V/NS905V :AEP, UK, RUS NS705V/NS905V:AEP, UK, RUS • Abbreviation AUS : Australian CND : Canadian EA : Saudi Arabia HK : Hong Kong IA : Indonesia KR : Korea LA : Latin-America ME : Middle East MY : Malaysia NZ PH : Philippines RUS : Russian SP : Singapore TH : Thailand TW : Taiwan VTM : Vietnam 　　　　　　　 : New Zealand V, Y, C V/Y, R/C, G, B NS905V:AEP,UK,RUS NS905V:AEP,UK,RUS NS705V V/Y, R/C, G, B R, G, B V R, G, B LINE 1 (RGB) –TV CNJ902 LINE 2 CNJ901 PB COMPONENT VIDEO OUT Y PR NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS LINE OUT VIDEO 1 VIDEO 2 VIDEO 1 2 S VIDEO OUT 5.1CH OUTPUT CENTER SW+5V +3.3V WOOFER FRONT REAR L R L R LINE OUT AUDIO 2 L R AUDIO 1 L R AUDIO 1 OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT COAXIAL J301 REG IC906 AMP IC602 I/P CONVERTER IC603 16M SDRAM IC604 VIDEO ENCORDER S101 NS755V/NS915V +5V SCAN SELECT SELECTABLE INTERLACE PROGRESSIVE RY901 – 903 SW IC901 VIDEO BUFFER, SELECT SW I / IIC BUS IC103 PUSH ENTER NS705V EXCEPT NS705V PUSH ENTER JOG SHUTTLE CURSOR STICK w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS705V/NS755V/NS905V/NS915V 3-3 3-4 3-2. RF/SERVO BLOCK DIAGRAM 2 19 25 27 59 42 41 36 38 44 13 15 21 33 37 14 ı 11 7 ı 10 45 ı 48 32 ı 29 125 124 126 147 131 148 152 15 ı 18 37 36 21 22 48 1 47 46 20 22 15 17 35 34 27 28 7 10 25 24 3 4 45 5 128 153 154 146 61 12 11 143 144 32 33 MB-105 BOARD (1/5) (SEE PAGE 4-11, 13, 17) BASE UNIT KHM-270AAA/SERVICE ASSY OPTICAL DEVICE 24 25 17 16 22 20 13 8 6 12 4 3 15 23 18 26 2 1 Q201 DVD LD DRIVE IC201 IC301 DVD/CD PD IC DVD/CD LD MODULE CN203 DVD/CD RF AMP, DIGITAL ERROR PROCESS RF IN A – D E – H A2 – D2 VC DVDPD CDPD DVD LD SIGO FE TE PI DFT MON MIRR TZC SRD SWD SCLK SDEN SERVO DSP ADC1 ADC0 ADC2 DFCTI ADC7 POM 2, 3 129 130 ADC5, 6 MIRR TZC ADC4 SIGNAL PROCESSOR (SEE PAGE 3-5) SYSTEM CONTROL (SEE PAGE 3-7) XRESET HCS HINT MDSO MDPO 163 164 GIO9/GREF GIO10/FGIN GIO1/INT3 PWM2 PWM0, 1 POM 0, 1 GIO0/INT2 SPINDLE MOTOR DRIVE FOCUS COIL DRIVE TRACKING COIL DRIVE LOADING MOTOR DRIVE SLED MOTOR DRIVE 7 1 ı 4 9 8 1 5 4 IC202 5 2 4 1 2 CN201 CN001 LDM± CKSW1 OCSW1 INLIMIT SW TRACKING COIL FOCUS COIL M001 LOADING MOTOR M M M MS-81 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-6) SLED MOTOR SPINDLE MOTOR CN204 39 VCI 19 39 20 22 16 17 155 GIO2/INT4 05 CHUCK/TRAY DETECT S001 (1/2) RF A – D E – H VC PD DVD LD 26 Q202 CD LD DRIVE CD LD CD LD VR SLA±, SLB± SPM± INLIM TRK± 127 ADC3 FCS± PS TSD-M 40 42 43 VREF +3.3V LDON 159 161 162 167 GIO6/SDI GIO7/SDO GIO8/SCK GIO13 XSDPIT XSDPCS XRST XDRVMUTE OCSW1 SIGO CKSW1 XLDON FE TE PI SSDFCTI SS MON MDSO, MDPO SPMUTE SLDA, SLDB LMP, LMM TSD LMCTL TDRV± FDRV± SPFG SLE AUDIO 1 (SEE PAGE 3-13) SIGO 570 mVp-p IC201 2 (DVD play) 200 mV/DIV 50 ns/DIV IC201 2 (CD play) 200 mV/DIV 200 ns/DIV 550 mVp-p IC201 ra (DVD play) 500 mV/DIV 50 ms/DIV 1.5 Vp-p 1.7 Vp-p IC201 ra (CD play) 500 mV/DIV 200 ms/DIV 180 mVp-p IC201 rs (DVD play) 100 mV/DIV 50 ms/DIV 860 mVp-p IC201 rs (CD play) 500 mV/DIV 50 ms/DIV 1.4 Vp-p IC201 tl (DVD play) 500 mV/DIV 50 ns/DIV 1.4 Vp-p IC201 tl (CD play) 500 mV/DIV 200 ns/DIV IC301 (DVD play) 500 mV/DIV 100 ns/DIV 1.4 Vp-p 2 IC301 (CD play) 500 mV/DIV 200 ns/DIV 1.4 Vp-p 3 IC301 (DVD play) 500 mV/DIV 50 ms/DIV 1.4 Vp-p 3 IC301 (CD play) 500 mV/DIV 200 ms/DIV 1.7 Vp-p 4 IC301 (DVD play) 100 mV/DIV 50 ms/DIV 160 mVp-p 4 IC301 (CD play) 500 mV/DIV 50 ms/DIV 860 mVp-p w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS705V/NS755V/NS905V/NS915V 4-15 4-16 AV DECODER MB-105 (3/11) MB-105 (AV DECODER) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-7 for printed wiring board. – Ref. No.: MB-105 board; 2,000 series – 3.4 1.7 3.4 2.2 3.4 B+ 2.0 3.4 B+ 1.9 3.4 B+ 1.7 3.4 1.1 3.4 2.0 3.4 1.9 3.4 3.4 2.2 2.0 1.0 2.0 0.2 1.9 1.2 2.0 2.0 1.2 1.9 1.4 2.0 3.4 1.6 1.6 3.4 3.1 2.2 2.8 1.8 3.4 2.6 3.4 2.6 3.4 3.4 1.7 1.7 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.4 1.7 1.7 2.5 1.7 0 0.6 1.7 3.4 1.7 3.0 1.7 3.4 1.7 1.5 1.8 1.1 1.1 1.7 1.7 1.0 0.4 1.2 0.9 3.4 1.7 0.8 B+ 1.8 3.4 0.9 B+ 1.2 3.4 2.5 B+ 0.7 1.7 3.4 B+ 0.7 1.8 0.9 0.9 1.7 0.8 0.8 3.4 0.9 1.1 1.5 2.5 1.4 1.6 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 0.8 3.4 1.7 1.4 2.3 0 0.7 1.7 2.3 1.7 0.4 2.1 2.3 0.5 0.7 1.7 2.2 0.5 1.8 1.7 0.5 0.7 0.1 0 0.2 0.7 3.4 1.7 0.7 0.7 0.1 0.4 0.7 0.1 3.0 3.4 0.1 3.4 2.7 3.1 0.1 1.7 0.1 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 0 3.4 3.4 3.4 B+ 1.6 0.1 3.4 3.4 3.1 2.5 2.0 2.0 0.1 1.9 2.7 2.2 2.0 1.9 3.4 1.2 0.1 2.8 3.4 1.6 0.7 1.4 1.9 2.0 2.0 2.2 1.7 2.0 0.1 3.4 1.4 1.9 2.0 2.0 1.9 2.0 1.1 1.7 NO MARK:PB MODE 3.3 1.8 4.8 3.3 3.3 1.2 4.8 1.2 B+ B+ B+ B+ 1 2 3 4 5 6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0 0 3.3 0 0 3.4 1.8 2.2 3.4 3.4 3.1 VIDEO LEVEL ADJ NS705V EXCEPT NS705V EXCEPT NS705V NS705V B+ DREQ1 TDIKT SDI2 CDLRCK/TDOKT DREQ0 SDI1 HD7 XWAIT SDI0 HD8 HD6 XAVDIT HD5 HA4 XWRH SDCK HD4 HA5 HA20 SDEF HD3 HA7 HA19 XSHD HD2 HA6 HA21 XSAK HD1 HA3 HA18 XSRQ HA2 HA16 27MAVD HA0 HA17 XRST HA1 HA15 +1.8V 512FSAVD HA14 HA13 +3.3V BCK XRD XAVDCS2 HA12 LRCK XAVDCS3 HA11 HD12 HA8 HD11 HA9 ACH12 HD10 CDDOUT HD9 CDDATA/EMU1 HD0 CDBCK/EMU0 HD15 HD14 HD13 SDI7 SDI6 HA10 SDI5 TMS DACK0 SDI4 DACK1 TDO38 SDI3 TCK GND YOUT Y/G CB/R CR/B COUT COMPOUT +5V DVD4 DVD7 DVD0 DVD2 DVD6 DVD1 DVD5 DVD3 27MCLK XFRRST ACH34 ACH56 38ACK1 38ACK0 Y_BUFF_CXD IC406 HY57V641620HGT-P-TR-V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 JL401 JL402 JL411 JL412 JL413 JL414 JL415 JL403 JL404 JL407 JL408 JL410 JL409 JL405 C449 0.01u C445 0.01u C446 0.01u 0.01u C417 0.01u C423 0.01u C424 0.01u C427 0.01u C431 0.01u C432 0.01u C433 0.01u C436 0.01u C437 0.01u C430 0.01u C426 0.01u C419 0.01u C414 0.01u C413 0.01u C411 0.01u C410 0.01u C429 0.01u C416 0.01u C418 0.01u C403 0.1u C421 0.01u C408 0.1u C404 0.1u C420 CXD1935Q IC403 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 44 52 43 51 42 50 41 49 40 48 39 47 38 46 37 45 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 10 R434 10k R414 10k R430 10k R426 0 R402 0 R401 1200 R418 6800 R416 0.5% R409 220 0.5% R408 220 0.5% R410 220 0.5% R411 220 0.5% R412 220 0.5% R413 220 100 R407 10 R419 R417 0 R431 470 1k R436 16V 10u C405 16V 10u C407 50V 1u C401 4V 100u C406 16V 10u C402 1k RV401 FL404 FL402 FL403 TK11118CSCL-G IC401 1 2 3 4 5 TK11133CSCL-G IC402 1 2 3 4 5 2SA1162-YG-TE85L Q401 1k R404 SDI4 SDI5 SDI6 SDI7 SDI0 SDI1 SDI2 SDI3 HD0 HD15 HD14 HD13 HD12 HD11 HD10 HD1 HD9 HD8 HD7 HD6 HD5 HD4 HD3 HD2 HA1 HA2 HA3 HA4 HA5 HA6 HA7 HA8 HA9 HA10 HA11 HA12 HA13 HA14 HA15 HA16 HA17 HA18 HA19 HA20 HA21 ADAD3 ADAD2 ADAD1 ADAD0 ADAD10 ADDT7 ADDT6 ADDT5 ADDT4 ADDT3 ADDT2 ADDT1 ADDT0 ADAD4 ADAD5 ADAD6 ADAD7 ADAD8 ADAD9 ADDT8 ADDT9 ADDT10 ADDT11 ADDT12 ADDT13 ADDT14 ADDT15 HA0 ADAD11 DVD7 DVD6 DVD5 DVD4 DVD3 DVD2 DVD1 DVD0 ADDT8 ADDT7 ADDT9 ADDT6 ADDT10 ADDT5 ADDT11 ADDT4 ADDT12 ADDT3 ADDT13 ADDT2 ADDT14 ADDT1 ADDT15 ADDT0 ADAD4 ADAD3 ADAD5 ADAD2 ADAD6 ADAD1 ADAD7 ADAD0 ADAD8 ADAD10 ADAD9 ADAD11 HA1 HA2 HA3 HA4 HA5 HA6 HA7 HA8 HA9 HA10 HA11 HA12 HA13 HA14 HA15 HA16 HA17 HA18 HA19 HA20 HA21 HD0 HD1 HD2 HD3 HD4 HD5 HD6 HD7 HD8 HD9 HD10 HD11 HD12 HD13 HD14 HD15 SDI0 SDI1 SDI2 SDI3 SDI4 SDI5 SDI6 SDI7 DVD0 DVD1 DVD2 DVD3 DVD4 DVD5 DVD6 DVD7 HA0 VDD DQ0 VDDQ DQ1 DQ2 VSSQ DQ3 DQ4 VDDQ DQ5 DQ6 VSSQ DQ7 VDD LDQM WE CAS RAS CS BA0 BA1 A10/AP A0 A1 A2 A3 VDD VSS DQ15 VSSQ DQ14 DQ13 VDDQ DQ12 DQ11 VSSQ DQ10 DQ9 VDDQ DQ8 VSS N.C. UDQM CLK LKE N.C. A11 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 VSS SDAD11O CVD07 HAD14I CVD03 SDDQ4 SDDQ1 DT5I DO ACH56O IVALIn HAD18I IOVSS07 DVO4 TDI CVD01 DVSS33 HAD22I SDRASOn COUT SDCS1On IOVDD12 IOVSS01 CVD06 TRST CDBCKI SDAD5O TCK MBIST_EN BF_ID HAD5I DMACK1In IOVDD00 SDDQ0 HAD3I HCPUMDI ICLKI HRWn DT0I HAD7I SDDQM1O SDCS0On YOUT HSYNCOn I2C_DATA SDDQ13 HAD15I DVO1 IOVSS03 ROUT IOVDD09 IOVDD10 DT4I ACH12O BCKO ACH34O ISTARTIn HAD19I SDDQ8 DVDD33 HAD23I AVSS02 HAD8I CDIN1I CVS01 SDDQ10 CVS05 SDAD2O IOVDD05 PAVSS18G IOVSS00 IOVSS10 CVD00 SDAD12O CVD02 HCSn CVS00 IOVSS13 SDDQM0O AVSS00 CVS03 IOVDD04 SDDQ2 IOVSS11 SCLKIN SDAD8O DVO2 NC SDAD0O IOVDD08 AVSS01 LRCKO SDDQ12 IOVDD02 IERRIn CVS07 SDDQ7 VGO IOVDD11 COMPOUT DVO5 CDIN2I DMRQ0On IOVSS05 SDCLKO SDCKEO CVD08 TMS SDCASOn CRPCLKI IREFI HAD11I SDAD9O DT7I IOVSS12 HAD12I RSTn IOVSS08 GOUT DSPACK0 DVO0 SDDQ5 IOVSS09 HAD16I PAVDD18P SDAD10O DVO3 D1CLKO IOVDD06 BOUT IOVDD01 SDDQ3 DT3I HAD20I SDDQ9 HAD9I SDAD4O SDAD1O CVS02 TESTIn IOAVDD00 CLKI SCAN_EN DVO6 CVS08 DMACK0In IOVSS02 HAD1I HWAITOn CVD05 DT2I SDWEOn IOAVSS00 IOVDD03 I2C_CLK ACLK DT6I HAD0I IOVSS06 HAD13I IOVDD13 AVDD01 DSPACK1 SDDQ11 SDDQ14 IREQON HAD17I CVD04 IOVSS04 AVDD02 HAD21I SDDQ6 HAD10I SDAD3O SDAD7O CDLRKI VREFI TDO SCAN_MODE HDATA0 DVO7 HAD4I DMRQ1On IOVDD07 SDDQ15 HAD2I HIRQOn SDAD6O DT1I HAD6I CVS06 AVDD00 FLDO CVS04 VIN NOISE GND CONT VOUT HDATA1 HDATA2 HDATA3 HDATA6 HDATA4 HDATA5 HDATA7 HDATA8 HDATA9 HDATA10 HDATA11 HDATA13 HDATA12 HDATA15 HDATA14 GND NOISE VOUT CONT VIN 64M SDRAM IC406 D 8 14 10 E H 18 3 15 19 1 11 2 M J F I MB-105 BOARD (3/11) L 17 4 C B 7 6 N 16 05 13 9 A K 12 G 5 MB-105 BOARD MB-105 BOARD (5/11) (7/11) MB-105 BOARD (5/11) (2/11,5/11) MB-105 BOARD (6/11) MB-105 BOARD MB-105 BOARD (9/11) MB-105 BOARD (2/11) (2/11) MB-105 BOARD (2/11) MB-105 BOARD (7/11) MB-105 BOARD MB-105 BOARD (6/11) MB-105 BOARD (7/11) MB-105 BOARD (8/11) (6/11) MB-105 BOARD (5/11) MB-105 BOARD MB-105 BOARD (5/11) MB-105 BOARD (5/11,9/11) (2/11) MB-105 BOARD (9/11) MB-105 BOARD IC401 +1.8V REG IC402 +3.3V REG IC403 AV DECODER SWITCH CHROMA Y PB Y/CHROMA SIGNAL PATH AUDIO VIDEO SIGNAL SIGNAL SLED SERVO DVD/CD w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS705V/NS755V/NS905V/NS915V • Waveforms 1 IC403 tg 940 mVp-p (H) 4-17 4-18 MOTOR DRIVE MB-105 (4/11) MB-105 (MOTOR DRIVE) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-7 for printed wiring board. – Ref. No.: MB-105 board; 2,000 series – B+ B+ 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 5.2 5.1 3.4 5.3 3.4 5.1 1.7 1.7 1.7 4.8 1.7 1.7 3.2 1.7 3.4 1.7 3.4 1.7 1.7 0 1.7 3.4 1.4 3.4 3.4 5.1 5.2 3.7 10.5 3.4 6.5 1.7 5.1 10.5 5.1 3.4 1.7 5.2 1.7 5.1 B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ NO MARK:PB MODE GND MDSO CKSW1 FDRV+ +11V SPMUTE M_GND TDRV+ XDRVMUTE +3.3V +5V TDRV- SPFG FDRV- SLE LMM TSD SLDA LMP SVC OCSW1 LMCTL SLDB MDPO 0.1u C272 0.1u C220 C215 100p 0.01u C249 0.001u C259 0.1u C219 0.01u C258 0.01u C250 0.001u C204 C216 220p 0.001u C229 0.001u C228 0.01u C270 0.033u C246 1500p C218 0.015u C214 220p C226 0.033u C240 4700p C230 0.001u C203 100p C225 0.1u C273 16V 47u C271 10k R229 10k R259 120k R218 10k R214 150k R220 0.5% 100k R254 10k R269 150k R221 120k R227 33k R252 0.5% 56k R255 10k R225 1k R216 470k R233 680k R231 33k R230 10k R261 0.5% 100k R250 33k R240 33k R232 10k R213 470k R243 56k R222 1k R217 470k R226 270k R224 33k R239 33k R238 120k R219 0.5% 56k R253 33k R241 56k R223 220k R242 330 R262 JL248 JL247 5P CN201 1 2 3 4 5 100 R207 CL201 CL202 CL203 CL204 CL205 FCS+ FCS- TRK+ TRK- SLB- SLB+ SLA- SLA+ SPM- SPM+ FAN8034 IC202 1 2 3 4 5 6 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 50 51 52 49 13 25 26 37 38 39 11 12 9 10 7 8 CKSW1 SPM- LDM+ LDM+ OCSW1 SPM+ SLA- SLB+ CKSW1 OCSW1 LDM- SLB- SLA+ FCS- TRK+ TRK- SLB+ SLB- SPM- SPM+ FCS+ FCS- TRK+ TRK- SLA+ SLA- LDM- FCS+ FWD OUT5 DO5- DO4+ REV CTL DO3- IN5- DO5+ DO6+ MUTE34 OCSW1 PVCC2 GND LDM+ DO6- LDM- MUTE5 CKSW1 PGND2 MUTE12 SGND DO4- TSD-M MB-105 BOARD IN4+ IN5+ OUT3 OUT4 IN4- IN3+ IN1- IN2+ IN2- OUT1 OUT2 IN3- PGND1 PS DO2- DO1- DO1+ PVCC1 OPIN2+ OPIN1- VREF OPIN1+ DO2+ IN1+ OPOUT2 OPIN2- SVCC OPOUT1 DO3+ CN001 MB-105 BOARD (4/11) (SEE PAGE 4-6) MS-81 BOARD MB-105 BOARD MB-105 BOARD MB-105 BOARD MB-105 BOARD MB-105 BOARD D 8 14 10 E H 3 15 1 11 2 F I 4 C B 7 6 05 13 9 A 12 G 5 (6/11) (2/11) (1/11) (6/11) (5/11) (2/11) (2/11) MB-105 BOARD SLED SERVO DVD/CD SIGNAL PATH SPINDLE SERVO(SPEED AND PHASE) TRACKING SERVO DVD/CD CDV FOCUS SERVO LOADING SPINDLE/SLED/ COIL DRIVE FOCUS/TRACKING IC202 MOTOR DRIVE 2 IC403 tj : NS705V 660 mVp-p (H) 3 IC403 tl : NS705V 660 mVp-p (H) 4 IC403 ya : NS705V 660 mVp-p (H) 5 IC403 yd 810 mVp-p (H) 6 IC403 yg 1.1 Vp-p (H) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS705V/NS755V/NS905V/NS915V 4-19 4-20 SYSTEM CONTROL MB-105 (5/11) MB-105 (SYSTEM CONTROL) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-7 for printed wiring board. – Ref. No.: MB-105 board; 2,000 series – • Waveform 1 IC104 tf 1.7 Vp-p (16.5 MHz) 3.3 3.4 3.4 B+ 1.7 3.4 B+ 3.3 3.4 3.4 2.0 2.2 2.2 0.9 3.3 1.0 2.5 B+ B+ B+ 3.4 1.7 3.1 1 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 0.9 1.7 3.4 0.7 3.4 3.4 2.0 2.0 0.7 1.6-2.0 3.4 1.2 0 1.1 0.8 1.6 3.4 0.8 3.4 3.4 0.9 1.4 2.5 0.5 3.4 1.2 3.4 3.4 2.3 1.6 3.4 1.5 1.4 0.7 0.8 0.7 0 0.7 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 0.5 0.4 0.7 0 0.8 0.2 0.7 0 3.4 3.1 2.3 3.3 3.4 3.4 2.3 3.4 0.5 3.4 3.4 2.0 1.6 3.0 3.4 0.7 3.4 0.9 0.2 0 3.4 3.4 3.5 0.4 B+ 0.7 1.2 1.6-2.0 1.4 1.6 0.8 0.9 2.5 0.9 0.2 1.0 0.8 0.7 1.1 0.7 1.4 0.7 1.6 0.7 3.4 0.5 0.9 0.5 1.2 3.4 2.2 0.7 0.5 0.4 2.3 0.7 2.3 0.7 2.3 3.0 0.4 0.8 2.5 0.9 0.8 0.9 0.9 2.5 1.0 2.2 2.0 1.2 0.7 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.4 1.6 0.8 0.9 0.8 2.5 0.7 3.4 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.3 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.8 1.6 1.4 2.0 1.2 2.0 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 NO MARK:PB MODE 3.4 3.4 0.8 B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ 3.4 0 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 0/SACD3.3 3.3 3.4 NS755V/ NS915V NS705V/ NS905V :NS705V/NS905V: AEP,UK :NS905V:RUS :NS905V:EA,ME :NS905V:AUS,NZ :NS915V:LA :NS915V:EXCEPT LA :NS705V :NS755V/NS915V :NS905V :NS705V/NS905V:AEP,UK,EA,ME :NS905V:AUS,NE/NS915V:LA :NS905V:RUS :NS915V:EXCEPT LA :NS705V :EXCEPT NS705V P3.3/N0/C0 MA_MUTE XSACS XSDPIT XDACS XWAIT XAVDIT XWRH EUROVY SO1 OCSW1 XRD EXT/DSEL WIDE CKSW1 XDRVMUTE SC1 RGBSEL XFRRST X38IT SI1 XRST XAVDCS3 DACK1 DREQ1 DREQ0 X38CS RFMON XAVDCS2 DACK0 XARPIT XSDPCS XARPCS IP_SW SDA SCL CMDREQ XSARDY GND +3.3V XLDON +1.8V HD3 HA14 HA9 HA20 HD11 HA18 HA8 HD13 HA13 HA12 HA4 HA11 HD0 HA3 HA17 HA6 HA5 HD4 HD7 HA1 HD2 HD10 HA15 HD1 HA7 HD14 HD5 HD15 HA2 HA19 HD9 HA16 HA21 HD8 HD12 HD6 HA0 HA10 XSARST SMUTE DVD/SACD 3300 R153 1k R115 R126 10k * R166 100k R112 100k R107 1k R129 100 R160 10k R171 10k R133 3300 R150 1k R110 10k R117 1k R111 3300 R124 10k R139 3300 R123 10k R159 10k R118 10k R165 3300 R156 10k R125 10k R152 1k R172 3300 R174 100 R176 100 R177 100 R178 100 R179 100 R183 100 R188 100 R189 R191 0 100 R196 100 R195 100 R138 100 R148 R187 100 R193 100 100 R197 100 R198 10k R140 0 R108 100 R102 CL102 0.01u C118 0.01u C128 0.01u C120 0.01u C113 0.01u C102 0.01u C115 0.01u C121 0.01u C108 C122 0.01u C130 0.01u IC107 * 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 35 36 37 38 39 40 11 12 33 34 41 42 43 44 IC108 IDT71V016SA15PH8(SCD2994) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 35 36 37 38 39 40 11 12 33 34 41 42 43 44 4V 100u C109 JL126 JL128 JL125 JL124 JL109 JL127 JL106 JL123 JL108 JL129 FL105 FL102 FL106 FL109 X101 16.5MHz 1 2 3 MB91307RPFV-G-BND-E1 IC104 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 BR24C64F-E2 IC101 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 22k R113 6P CN104 1 2 3 4 5 6 XX IC106 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 RB111 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 RB104 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 RB106 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 RB109 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 RB110 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 RB107 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 RB108 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 RB105 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 RB103 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 RB102 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 6 1 2 3 4 5 XWAIT * R169 * R164 4.7k R173 SI0 HDI4 HDI0 MR27V3202F-7UTPZ04B MR27V3202F-CNTPZ04B HDI10 HDI8 HDI14 HDI2 HDI11 HAI10 HDI1 HAI12 HAI15 HDI0 HDI5 HAI7 SO2 SI2 HAI2 HAI3 HAI4 HAI1 HAI5 HAI9 HAI6 HAI8 HAI7 HAI12 HAI10 HAI11 HAI14 HAI16 HAI13 HAI15 HAI20 HDI6 HDI1 HAI17 HAI9 HAI20 HDI2 HAI9 HAI10 HDI9 HAI18 HAI2 HDI10 HAI11 HAI3 HAI12 HAI1 HDI3 HAI13 HAI0 HAI17 HAI19 HAI5 HAI4 HAI20 HDI7 HDI11 HDI8 HAI21 SI2 HAI15 HAI19 HAI3 HAI14 SO0 HAI18 HAI6 HAI5 HDI3 HDI12 SC0 HAI17 HDI4 HAI16 HAI13 HAI16 HAI6 HDI15 SO2 HAI4 HAI7 HDI7 HAI19 HDI15 HDI6 HAI1 HDI9 HDI14 HAI8 HAI18 HDI13 HAI14 HAI8 HDI13 HAI21 HDI5 HAI11 HAI21 HAI2 HDI12 HAI12 HAI17 HDI15 HAI7 HAI21 HDI2 HDI12 HDI3 HDI13 HDI5 HAI4 HAI16 HAI10 HAI1 HAI20 HAI13 HDI4 HAI19 HAI14 HAI2 HDI7 HAI11 HAI0 HDI9 HAI6 HDI8 HAI8 HAI15 HAI18 HDI10 HAI9 HDI6 HAI3 HDI0 HDI11 HAI5 HDI14 HDI1 HDI0 HDI1 HDI2 HDI3 HD1 HD8 HD6 HA3 HD9 HA5 HA10 HD14 HD3 HA1 HD0 HA14 HA2 HA8 HD12 HA13 HD15 HA11 HD5 HA7 HA16 HD7 HD11 HD10 HD2 HD13 HA6 HA15 HA12 HA9 HA4 HD4 HA1 HA2 HA3 HA7 HA6 HA5 HA4 HA11 HA10 HA9 HA8 HA15 HA14 HA13 HA12 HA16 HD0 HD1 HD2 HD3 HD7 HD6 HD5 HD4 HD11 HD10 HD9 HD8 HD15 HD14 HD13 HD12 HDI4 HDI5 HDI6 HDI7 HDI8 HDI9 HDI10 HDI11 HDI12 HDI13 HDI14 HDI15 48/44.1K SC0 X38CS A2 SI1 XDACS SO1 SMUTE SC1 CPUCK XIFCS XFRRST A0 DACK1 VSS DREQ1 VCCI XDRVMUTE NMIX RF MON DACK0 XWRL A1 GND DREQ0 VCC SO0 +3.3V MD2 XRD GND MD1 BRQ RXD MD0 BGRNTX TXD EXT/DSEL XWAIT EUROVY CS7X XSARST CS6X SCL SDA VCCI SDA CS5X RGBSEL CS4X WP WIDE CS3X XSACS XWRH INT0 VSS WP INT1 DVD/SACD INT2 SO2 INT3 SI2 INT4 CS2X INT5 CS1X GND INT6 CS0X INT7 SCL XSRWE VCC MA_MUTE SI0 XLDON XRST AN3 AN2 AN1 AN0 AVSS AVCC AVRH VSS X1 X2 VCC CKSW1/TSW1 OCSW1/TSW2 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A19 A20 WE RESET N.C. WP/ACC RY/BY A18 A17 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A16 BYTE VSS DQ15/A-1 DQ7 DQ14 DQ6 DQ13 DQ5 DQ12 DQ4 VCC DQ11 DQ3 DQ10 DQ2 DQ9 DQ1 DQ8 DQ0 OE VSS CE A0 N.C. A18 A17 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 CE VSS OE D0 D8 D1 D9 D2 D10 D3 D11 HA21 A19 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 BYTE VSS D15/A-1 D7 D14 D6 D13 D5 D12 D4 VCC HD0 HD1 HD2 HD3 HD5 HD4 HD9 HD8 HD7 HD10 HD6 HD11 HD12 HD13 HD14 HD15 VSS HA0 HA1 HA3 HA2 HA5 HA7 HA6 HA4 VCC HA15 HA9 HA13 HA11 HA10 HA8 HA14 HA12 VSS HA16 HA21 HA18 HA20 HA17 HA19 HA22 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 I/O13 A4 WE GND A14 I/O5 I/O1 N.C. GND A9 I/O0 I/O9 A5 A2 I/O3 VCC I/O11 A6 A11 I/O12 A13 A0 I/O8 A10 A3 A12 A7 I/O15 I/O7 I/O6 I/O10 LB A1 OE I/O4 A15 I/O2 I/O14 N.C. N.C. UB CS A8 VCC 10k 1M SRAM IC108 OTP IC107 * IC107 D 8 14 10 E H 18 3 15 19 20 1 11 2 M J F I MB-105 BOARD (5/11) L 17 4 C B 7 6 16 05 13 9 A K 12 G 5 MB-105 BOARD (6/11) EEPROM MB-105 BOARD (6/11) MB-105 BOARD (3/11) (10/11) IC101 MB-105 BOARD MB-105 BOARD (11/11) MB-105 BOARD (8/11) MB-105 BOARD (3/11) MB-105 BOARD (2/11) MB-105 BOARD (9/11) MB-105 BOARD (11/11) MB-105 BOARD (9/11,11/11) MB-105 BOARD (8/11) (2/11,8/11,9/1110/11) MB-105 BOARD (7/11,8/11) MB-105 BOARD MB-105 BOARD (11/11) MB-105 BOARD (8/11) MB-105 BOARD (3/11) (4/11) MB-105 BOARD MB-105 BOARD (6/11) MB-105 BOARD (2/11) MB-105 BOARD (3/11) MB-105 BOARD (11/11) MB-105 BOARD (9/11) MB-105 BOARD (1/11) MB-105 BOARD (9/11) MB-105 BOARD (2/11,3/11) (2/11,3/11) MB-105 BOARD SYSTEM CONTROL IC104 (JIG) DIAG MB-105 BOARD (1/11) MB-105 BOARD (2/11) (3/11) MB-105 BOARD MB-105 BOARD (3/11) (2/11,3/11) MB-105 BOARD MB-105 BOARD (6/11) XX MARK:NO MOUNT 12k 4.7k *R164 820 470 22k 2.2k 1.3k *R166 3.3k 820 47k *R169 6.8k 12k 22k w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS705V/NS755V/NS905V/NS915V 4-21 4-22 MB-105 (CLOCK GENERATOR) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-7 for printed wiring board. – Ref. No.: MB-105 board; 2,000 series – CLOCK GENERATOR MB-105 (6/11) • Waveforms 1 IC103 3, 4 3.5 Vp-p (27 MHz) 2 IC103 8 1.5 Vp-p (27 MHz) 3 IC103 9, 0 DVD : 3.3 Vp-p (24.57 MHz) CD : 3.3 Vp-p (22.58 MHz) 4 IC103 qd, qg 3.2 Vp-p (33.87 MHz) * 3.4 1.7 1.7 3.4 3 4 1 2 1.6 1.6 3.4 3.4 1.5 3.4 3.3 3.4 1.2 B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ NO MARK:PB MODE 1.7 1.6 B+ B+ NS705V/ NS755V NS905V/NS915V B+ B+ B+ B+ +1.8V +5V 512FS38 512FS8CH M_GND +11V 512FSAVD 27MAVD 33MARP 27M38 33MSA GND +3.3V 22 R120 1500 R114 22 R119 100 R167 2.2 R104 10 R144 10 R109 10 R106 100 R155 10 R146 100 R154 22 R122 10 R121 CL101 0.01u C105 12p C106 0.01u C104 0.01u C111 22p C107 C129 0.01u 6.3V 100u C124 4V 100u C103 16V 47u C126 4V 220u C127 4V 47u C125 JL113 JL119 JL102 JL103 JL110 JL112 JL105 JL115 JL118 JL121 JL114 JL122 JL111 JL120 JL116 JL117 JL101 JL104 JL130 JL131 JL134 JL132 JL133 FL108 FL104 FL103 FL101 FB110 FB107 FB103 0uH FB104 FB101 0uH FB108 FB105 FB106 FB111 FB112 FB109 X102 27MHz FL107 15P CN101 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 IC102 TK11133CSCL-G 1 2 3 4 5 CY24233ZCT IC103 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 10uH L001 1 2 3 4 5 SC0 SO0 SI0 SO0 VSS VDD 33-2OUT FSEL +1.8V GND GND 33-1OUT N.C XTO 512-2OUT 512-1OUT GND VSS +3.3V VSS +5V SC0 VDD 3.3V_MNT VDD XFRRST M_GND 27-2OUT IFBSY XIFCS +11V 27-1OUT SI0 XTI CONT GND VIN VOUT PLL IC103 IC102 +3.3V REG MB-105 BOARD (1/11,4/11,5/11, (2/11,4/11, MB-105 BOARD 7/11,9/11,11/11) 7/11,9/11,11/11) MB-103 BOARD MB-105 BOARD (1/11,3/11,4/11,11/11) (2/11,5/11,9/11) MB-105 BOARD (5/11) MB-105 BOARD (4/11) MB-105 BOARD (4/11) D 8 10 E 3 1 11 2 F MB-105 BOARD (6/11) 4 C B 7 6 05 9 A G 5 (SEE PAGE 4-50) CN403 IF-94 BOARD MB-105 BOARD (3/11) MB-105 BOARD (9/11) MB-105 BOARD (2/11) MB-105 BOARD (11/11) MB-105 BOARD (9/11) MB-105 BOARD (3/11) MB-105 BOARD (10/11) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS705V/NS755V/NS905V/NS915V 4-23 4-24 I/P CONVERTER MB-105 (7/11) MB-105 (I/P CONVERTER) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-7 for printed wiring board. – Ref. No.: MB-105 board; 2,000 series – • Waveform 1 IC602 1.6 Vp-p (66 MHz) 2.5 0.8 1.3 2.5 1.5 0.9 3.4 0 3.4 3.4 2.5 1.9 1.5 1.8 3.4 0.9 0.9 3.4 1.3 2.5 1.5 3.4 1.6 2.6 1.3 1.2 NO MARK:PB MODE 1.2 0.4 1.0 1.7 1.1 1.1 1.8 1.8 1.1 1.1 1.7 3.4 1.0 0.4 1.2 0.9 3.4 2.5 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 3.4 1.3 0.2 1.3 1.3 0 0.3 3.4 0.2 0.5 1.0 0.7 3.4 0.7 1.3 1.0 1.0 2.4 3.3 3.1 3.4 0.3 1.7 0.3 1.7 0.3 1.7 3.4 1.6 0.2 1.6 0.2 3.4 1.5 0.3 1.6 2.0 3.4 1.3 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.2 3.4 3.4 3.3 2.6 1.5 1.3 1.6 1.3 0.7 1.4 1.7 1.2 1.8 1.0 1.9 0.7 3.4 3.4 3.4 2.0 0.3 0.2 0.2 1.7 1.7 3.3 3.3 3.1 1.3 1.5 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.3 1.4 3.4 1.0 1.3 0.8 3.4 1.8 3.4 0.3 0.3 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.6 1 B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ 3.4 NS755V/NS915V NS755V/NS915V NS755V/NS915V NS755V/ NS915V NS755V/NS915V NS905V NS755V/NS915V NS755V/NS915V NS905V NS755V/NS915V EXCEPT NS705V 2.5 NS755V/NS915V NS755V/NS915V B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ NS755V/NS915V GND +3.3V DVD3 DVD4 DVD0 DVD7 DVD1 DVD2 DVD5 DVD6 SCL SDA XRST 27MCLK C603 0.001u C618 0.1u C615 0.01u C606 0.1u C614 0.1u C620 0.1u C622 0.1u C621 0.1u C623 0.1u C602 0.01u C613 0.01u C612 0.01u C605 0.01u C617 0.1u C608 0.1u C616 0.01u C601 0.1u R614 0 R603 100 R612 100 R640 2.2 R625 22 R632 22 R628 22 R621 22 R626 22 R623 22 R634 22 R624 22 R622 22 R620 22 R629 22 R619 22 R633 22 R631 22 R627 22 R630 22 R617 20k R615 75 R604 0 R605 0 R606 0 R607 0 R611 0 R608 0 R609 0 R610 0 0 R601 R618 0 R616 0 R613 100 4V C610 47u 4V C607 47u 4V C604 47u 4V C619 47u 4V C611 47u 4V C609 47u JL601 JL602 JL603 CL602 CL603 CL609 CL611 CL613 CL615 CL617 CL619 CL621 CL623 CL625 CL628 CL629 CL631 CL633 CL637 CL638 CL639 CL640 CL641 CL642 CL643 CL644 CL645 CL646 CL647 CL648 CL649 CL650 CL651 CL652 CL653 CL654 CL655 CL601 IC601 TK11125CSCL-G 1 2 3 4 5 IC603 HY57V161610DTC-7TR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 IC602 CXD9698R 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 1 2 3 4 5 A1 DQ10 A2 DQ11 A3 DQ12 A9 DQ7 DQ6 DQ5 DQ4 DQ3 DQ2 DQ13 A8 DQ14 A7 A6 DQ15 A5 A4 DQ1 DQ0 A10 DQ8 A0 DQ9 A0 DQ0 DQ1 DQ2 DQ3 DQ4 DQ5 DQ6 DQ7 DQ8 DQ9 DQ10 DQ11 DQ12 DQ13 DQ14 DQ15 A9 A8 A10 A7 A6 A1 A5 A2 A4 A3 PO7 PO6 PO5 PO4 PO3 PO2 PO1 PO0 A11 A11 Y9 Y8 Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 CBCR0 CBCR1 CBCR2 CBCR3 CBCR4 CBCR5 CBCR6 CBCR7 CBCR8 CBCR9 VSSQ A1 DQ5 A5 WE DQ0 CLK DQ14 DQ10 A0 DQ4 A6 VCC DQML DQMU DQ15 DQ11 A10/AP VCCQ A7 VCCQ VCCQ N.C. VSS A11(BA) DQ3 A8 DQ12 DQ7 VCCQ VCC CS DQ2 A9 DQ8 A3 DQ6 VSS RAS VSSQ N.C. DQ13 DQ9 A2 VSSQ A4 CAS DQ1 CKE VSSQ OVDD CLKI PLL_TEST PLL_EN PI0 PI1 PI3 PI2 PI5 PI4 PI6 PI7 PI9 PI8 NHSI NVSI OVSS IVSS CVSS NVSO NHSO PO9 PO8 PO7 PO6 PO3 PO2 PO5 PO4 PO1 PO0 OVDD OVSS TSET0 OVSS OVDD IVDD CVDD OVSS W31F FILM CO9 CO8 CO6 CO7 CO5 OVSS OVDD CO1 CO4 CO3 CO2 CO0 OVSS CVSS OVDD YO0 YO1 YO3 YO2 YO4 OVSS OVDD YO7 YO6 YO9 YO5 YO8 CLKO TEST2 TEST1 CVDD OVDD OVSS TEST4 TEST3 WE MCLK CAS CKE RAS OVSS OVDD MA9 MA11 MA8 MA10 OVDD CVSS IVSS OVSS MA7 MA0 MA6 MA1 OVSS OVDD MA5 MA2 MA4 MA3 OVSS OVDD MD16 MD17 MD18 MD19 OVDD CVDD MD7 MD8 MD6 MD9 OVDD OVSS MD5 MD10 MD4 MD11 OVDD OVSS MD3 MD12 MD2 MD13 OVSS CVSS OVDD MD1 MD14 MD0 MD15 SLV CSB SDA SCL SRN OVSS CVDD PLL_VDD CPOUT VCOIN PLL_GND IVDD CONT GND NOISE VIN VOUT IC603 16M SDRAM D 8 14 10 E H 3 15 1 11 2 J F I MB-105 BOARD (7/11) 4 C B 7 6 05 13 9 A 12 G 5 I/P CONVERTER IC602 +2.5V REG IC601 (8/11) MB-105 BOARD MB-105 BOARD (6/11) (3/11) MB-105 BOARD MB-105 BOARD (5/11) SIGNAL PATH Y PB VIDEO SIGNAL Y/CHROMA CHROMA w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS705V/NS755V/NS905V/NS915V 2 IC604 rs 850 mVp-p (H) 3 IC604 rd 950 mVp-p (H) 4 IC604 rf 1.1 Vp-p (H) 4-25 4-26 VIDEO ENCODER, AUDIO D/A CONVERTER MB-105 (8/11) MB-105 (VIDEO ENCODER, AUDIO D/A CONVERTER) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-7 for printed wiring board. – Ref. No.: MB-105 board; 2,000 series – • Waveforms 1 IC604 es 3.9 Vp-p (27 MHz) 5 IC604 ej 650 mVp-p (H) 6 IC604 ek 650 mVp-p (H) 7 IC604 el 950 mVp-p (H) 2.5 1.3 2.0 1.3 0.1 1.3 1.3 0.3 0 1.8 1.9 1.1 1.1 1.7 1.0 0.7 3.0 3.0 1.2 3.3 1.5 3.3 0.6 1.0 0.6 0.7 0.5 0.5 2.5 0.2 0.6 0 1.3 0.5 1.3 0.5 1.5 1.3 1.8 2.5 2.4 1.0 1.0 1.3 4 3 2 1 3.1 1.3 2.5 0.4 1.2 0.9 3.4 3.3 B+ B+ 3.4 2.5 3.4 1.3 B+ NO MARK:PB MODE 0 0 0 VIDEO LEVEL ADJ NS705V/ NS905V NS705V/NS905V:AEP.UK,RUS NS905V EXCEPT NS705V EXCEPT NS705V EXCEPT NS705V COMP-Y NS905V NS905V EXCEPT NS705V EXCEPT NS705V EXCEPT NS705V EXCEPT NS705V EXCEPT NS705V NS705V NS705V EXCEPT NS705V EXCEPT NS705V NS705V NS905V NS705V NS705V EXCEPT NS705V B+ B+ B- B+ B+ B+ B- B+ B+ B- B+ B+ B+ B+ 6 5 7 SCL XRST SDA +3.3V GND RGBSEL EUROVY EXT/DSEL WIDE YOUT COUT COMPOUT ALT- ALT+ L_MUTE ART- R_MUTE AUDIO+5V P_GND ART+ CB/R Y/G CR/B IP_SW Y_BUFF_CXD C637 0.001u C625 0.22u C629 470p C628 470p C631 0.1u C638 0.22u C624 0.01u C636 0.22u C627 0.22u C639 0.01u C632 0.1u C630 3900p C633 820p C634 0.22u R677 100 0.5% R683 300 R659 100 R661 100 0.5% R682 300 0.5% R681 300 R675 1k R676 1k 0.5% R678 300 0.5% R680 300 0.5% R679 300 R674 680 R663 0 R664 0 R665 0 R687 0 R689 0 R691 0 R690 0 0 R700 R693 0 0 R692 R697 0 0 R696 R695 0 0 R694 R602 0 R002 0 R008 0 R004 0 R006 0 R007 0 R001 0 R005 0 R003 0 R010 0 R011 0 R012 0 R009 0 R013 0 R017 0 R018 0 R016 0 R020 0 R019 0 R014 0 R015 0 R021 10k 1k R026 0 R028 0 R029 4V C635 100u 4V C626 47u IC604 ADV7300AKST 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 JL607 JL605 JL604 JL608 JL609 JL606 JL610 JL611 JL612 JL613 JL614 JL615 JL616 JL617 JL618 JL619 JL620 JL621 JL622 JL623 JL624 JL625 JL626 JL627 JL628 JL629 JL630 JL631 JL632 JL633 JL634 JL635 JL636 JL637 JL638 JL639 JL640 JL641 JL642 RV601 1k RV602 1k IC605 TK11125CSCL-G 1 2 3 4 5 29P CN602 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 21P CN601 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2SA1162-YG-TE85L Q601 R688 0uH R686 0uH 1 2 3 4 5 SDA SCL SDA SCL CBCR3 CBCR4 CBCR0 CBCR1 CBCR2 CBCR5 CBCR6 CBCR7 CBCR8 CBCR9 Y8 Y9 Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 PO7 PO6 PO5 PO4 PO3 PO2 PO1 PO0 DAC C RSET2 P_HSYNC P_Y[9] EXT_LF DAC A P_C[0] GND S_BLANK P_C[2] S[2] RESETB GND_IO S[4] P_C[5] SCLK COMP2 S[8] S[0] P_Y[8] P_Y[2]/SCANEN P_Y[6] P_C[8] P_C[3] P_Y[0] VREF CLKIN DAC E P_Y[3]/TESTMODE P_Y[4] DAC D P_VSYNC P_Y[7] SPI_12C_EN P_C[6] S[1] S[6] P_C[9] VDD_IO CLKIN_2 S[9] VDD P_C[7] DAC B SDA P_C[1] P_BLANK GND RTC/SCRESET/TR DAC F S[3] VDD P_Y[5] S_VSYNC P_C[4] RSET1 COMP1 S[5] GND S[7] VAA S_HSYNC P_Y[1] ALSB NOISE VOUT CONT GND VIN RGBSEL ERAUDIOL EUROVY P_GND_AUDIO ERAUDIOR +11V DISCEXT +5V WIDE VMUTE B D_GND_VIDEO R D_GND_VIDEO G D_GND_VIDEO Y C -5V V D_GND_VIDEO Cr/B WIDE Cb/R D_GND_VIDEO Y/G D_GND_VIDEO Y D_GND_VIDEO C V DSEL AUDIO+5V RMUTE ART- LMUTE ART+ P_GND P_GND VMUTE ALT+ VIDEO-5V ALT- VIDEO+5V EURO_L VIDEO+11V EURO_R IP_SW D_GND_VIDEO RGBSEL Y/CHROMA VIDEO SIGNAL SIGNAL PB SIGNAL PATH CHROMA AUDIO Y MB-105 BOARD (5/11) MB-105 BOARD (6/11) (10/11) MB-105 BOARD MB-105 BOARD (5/11) MB-105 BOARD (3/11) (SEE PAGE 4-53) ER-19 BOARD CN901 (SEE PAGE 4-41) CN301 AV-64 BOARD (2/3) (7/11) MB-105 BOARD MB-105 BOARD (5/11) D 8 14 10 E H 3 15 1 11 2 F I MB-105 BOARD (8/11) 17 4 C B 7 6 16 05 13 9 A 12 G 5 IC605 +2.5V REG IC604 VIDEO ENCODER w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS705V/NS755V/NS905V/NS915V 4-27 4-28 AUDIO DSP MB-105 (9/11) MB-105 (AUDIO DSP) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-7 for printed wiring board. – Ref. No.: MB-105 board; 2,000 series – • Waveforms 1 IC501 yl, key to go to the next item, or . key to repeat the same check again. To quit the diagnosis and return to the Check Menu screen, press x or [ENTER] key. If an error occurred, the diagnosis is suspended and the error code is displayed as shown below. ### Syscon Diagnosis ### 3-3. EEPROM Check Error 03: EEPROM Write/Reed N Address : 00000001 Write Data : 2492 Read Data : 2490 Press NEXT Key to Continue Press PREV Key to Repeat _ Press x key to quit the diagnosis, or . key to repeat the same item where an error occurred, or > key to continue the check from the item next to faulty item. 6-1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION The Test Mode allows you to make diagnosis and adjustment eas- ily using the remote commander and monitor TV. The instructions, diagnostic results, etc. are given on the on-screen display (OSD). 6-2. STARTING TEST MODE Press the [TOP MENU], [CLEAR], [POWER] keys on the remote commander in this order with the power of main unit in OFF sta- tus, and the Test Mode starts, then “DIAG START” will be dis- played on the fluorescent display tube and the menu shown below will be displayed on the TV screen. At the bottom of menu screen, the model name and revision number are displayed. Last Off at the lower right of screen indicates the information code concern- ing the last power off. To execute each function, select the desired menu and press its number on the remote commander. To exit from the Test Mode, press the [I/ ] key. Test Mode Menu 0. Syscon Diagnosis 1. Drive Auto Adjustment 2. Drive Manual Operation 3. Mecha Aging 4. Emargency Hisory 5. Version Information 6. Video Level Adjustment Exit: Power Key _ Model:DPX-16xxxx Revision:x.xxx Last Off: xx Power Off Information Code List 00 : Primary Power Off 01 : Power Off Request from SYSTEM CONTROL 02 : Power Off by Emergency Power Off Command from SYS- TEM CONTROL (if information is sent from SYSTEM CONTROL) 03 : IF CON Judged that SYSTEM CONTROL is Faulty 04 : Power Off from Diagnosis Mode of IF CON 05 : Forced Power Off by the User 06 : Power Off by Power Supply Voltage Monitor SECTION 6 TEST MODE DVP-NS705V/NS755V/NS905V/NS915V 1 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-2 Submenu Selecting 2 and subsequent items calls the submenu screen of each item. Indication of “–” in the submenu means the check is not supported with the model. For example, if “5. Supply” is selected, the following submenu will be displayed. ### Syscon Diagnosis ### Check Menu No. 5 Supply 0. Quit 1. All 2. ARP Register Check 3. ARP to RAM Data Bus 4. ARP to RAM Address Bus 5. ARP RAM Check _ 0. Quit Quit the submenu and return to the main menu. 1. All All submenu items continuous check. This menu checks 2 and subsequent items successively. At the item where visual check is required for judgment or an error occurred, the checking is suspended and the message is output for key entry. Normally, all items are checked successively one after another au- tomatically unless an error is found. Selecting 2 and subsequent items executes respective menus and outputs the results. For the contents of each submenu, see “General Description of Checking Method” and “Check Items List”. General Description of Checking Method 2. Version (2-2) Revision ROM revision number is displayed. Error: Not detected. The revision number defined in the source file of ROM (IC106 or 107) is displayed with four digits. (2-3) ROM Check Sum Check sum is calculated. Error: Not detected. 8-bit data are added up to the ROM (IC106 or 107) address 0x000F0000 to 0x002EFFFF, and the result is displayed with 4-digit hexadecimal number. Error is not detected. Compare the result with the specified value. (2-4) Model Type Model code is displayed. Error: Not detected. The model code read from the EEPROM is displayed with 2-digit hexadecimal number. (2-5) Region Region code is displayed. Error: Not detected. The region code determined from the model code is dis- played. (2-6) Mount resistance confirmation check Error 22: region code discord. Accordance between region codes, one is detected with model resistance and destination resistance, and the other is detected with region resistance, is check. If an error is detected, the region code determined with re- gion resistance is displayed at “write data” and the region code determined with model resistance and destination re- sistance is displayed at “read data”. 3. Peripheral (3-2) EEPROM Check Data write → read, and accord check Error 03: EEPROM write/read discord. 0x9249, 0x2942 and 0x4294 are written to the address 0x00 to 0xFF of the EEPROM and then read for checking. Be- fore writing, the data are saved, then after checking, they are written to restore the contents of EEPROM. (3-5) SACD check Device reset → internal organs RAM check Error 50: Write and read data discord. (3-6) Venc Check (NS755V/NS915V) Data write → read, and accord check Error 52: Write and read data discord. Accessing to the SYSCON may be defective. (3-7) ––––––– (not support) (3-8) External RAM Check Test Data write → read, and accord check Error 02: The external RAM used in the system control is checked. 4. Servo (4-2) Servo DSP Check Data write → read, and accord check Error 12: Read data discord 0x9249, 0x2942 and 0x4294 are written to the RAM ad- dress 0x602 of the Servo DSP and then read for checking. Also, OPT type “1 LASER” or “2 LASER” is displayed. (4-3) Check is not supported. (4-4) RF Amp Register Check Date write → read and accord check Error 13: RF Amp resister write, and read data discord. After 0x01 is shifted to register which can read and write RF Amp for 8 bit operation, if write and read data are dis- cord once, the check is performed unsuccessfully. There may be a single piece of hardware is defective, mounted imperfect or not mounted. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-3 5. Supply (5-2) ARP Register Check Data write → read, and accord check Error 08: ARP register write, and read data discord Data 0x00 to 0xFF is written sequentially to the ARP TMAX register (address 0xC6) and then read for checking. (5-3) ARP to RAM Data Bus Data write → read, and accord check Error 09: ARP ←→ RAM data bus error Data 0x0001 to 0x8000 where one bit each is set to 1 are written to the address 0 of RAM (IC303) connected to the ARP (IC301) through the bus, then they are read and checked. In case of discord, written bit pattern and read data are displayed. If data where multiple bits are 1 are read, the bits concerned may touch each other. Further, if data where certain bit is always 1 or 0 regardless of written data, the line could be disconnected or shorted. (5-4) ARP to RAM Address Bus Data write → other address read discord check Error 10: ARP ←→ RAM address bus error Caution: Address and data display in case of an error is different from the display of other diagnosis (de- scribed later). Before starting the test, all addresses of RAM (IC303) are cleared to 0x0000. First, 0xA55A is written to the address 0x00000, and the address data are read and checked from addresses 0x00001 to 0x80000 while shifting 1 bit each. Next, the data at that address is cleared, and it is written to the address 0x00001, and read and checked in the same manner. This check is repeated up to the address 0x80000 while shifting the ad- dress data by 1 bit each. If data other than 0 is read at the addresses except written address, an error is given because all addresses were al- ready cleared to 0. In this check, the error display pattern is different from that of other diagnosis; read data, written address, and read address are displayed in this order. How- ever, the message uses same template, and accordingly ex- change Address and Data when reading. The following dis- play, for example, ### Syscon Diagnosis ### 5-4. ARP to RAM Address Bus Error 10: ARP - RAM Address B Address : 0000A55A Write Data : 00000000 Read Data : 00080000 Press NEXT Key to Continue Press PREV Key to Repeat _ shows the data 0xA55A was read from address 0x00080000 though it was written to the address 0x00000000. This im- plies that these addresses are in the form of shadow. Also, if the read data is not 0xA55A, another error will be present. (5-5) ARP RAM Check Data write → read, and accord check Error 11: ARP RAM read data discord The program code data stored in ROM are copied to all areas of RAM (IC303) connected to the ARP (IC301) through the bus, then they are read and checked if they ac- cord. If the detail check was selected initially, the data are written to all areas and read, then the same test is conducted once again with the data where all bits are inverted between 1 and 0. If discord is detected, faulty address, written data, and read data are displayed following the error code 11, and the test is suspended. 6. AV Decoder (6-2) 1935 RAM Data write → read, and accord check Error 14: AVD RAM read data discord The program code data stored in ROM (IC106 or 107) are copied to all areas of RAM (IC404, IC406) connected to the AVD (IC403) through the bus, then they are read and checked if they accord. Further, the same test is conducted once again with the data where all bits are inverted between 1 and 0. If discord is detected, faulty address, written data, and read data are displayed following the error code 14, and the test is suspended. During the test, OSD display becomes blank as the OSD area is also checked. (6-3) 1935 SP ROM → AVD RAM → Video OUT Error: Not detected. The data including sub picture streams in ROM (IC106 or IC107) are transferred to the RAM (IC404, IC406) in AVD (IC403), and output as video signals from the AVD (IC403). Though OSD display becomes blank, the output of video signals continues until the key is pressed. They are output from all video terminals (Composite, Y/ C, Component) except EURO AV terminal. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-4 7. Video (7-2) Color Bar AVD color bar command write → Video OUT Error: Not detected. The command is transferred to the AVD, and the color bar signals are output from video terminals. They are output from all video terminals (Composite, Y/C, Component) except EURO AV terminal. (7-3) Composite Out (AEP, UK, RUS Model) EURO-AV Composite video output check AVD color bar command write → Video (EURO-AV Com- posite) OUT Error: Not detected. With the Component of video output turned off, the color bar signals are output from the EURO-AV terminal. (7-4) Y/C Out (AEP, UK, RUS Model) EURO-AV Y/C video output check AVD color bar command write → Video (EURO-AV Y/C) OUT Error: Not detected. With the Y/C of video output turned on, the color bar sig- nals are output from the EURO-AV terminal. (7-5) RGB Out (AEP, UK, RUS Model) EURO-AV RGB video output check AVD color bar command write → Video (EURO-AV RGB) OUT Error: Not detected. With the RGB of video output turned on, the color bar sig- nals are output from the EURO-AV terminal. (7-6) Component Out (AEP, UK, RUS Model) EURO-AV Component video output check AVD color bar command write → Video (EURO-AV Com- ponent) OUT Error: Not detected. With the Component of video output turned on, the color bar signals are output from the EURO-AV terminal. (7-7) Euro AV Through (AEP, UK, RUS Model) AV Through output On/Off Error: Not detected. AV Through output is turned on. 8. Audio (8-2) ARP → 1935 Error15 : ARP → 1935 video NG 16 : ARP → 1935 audio NG (8-3) Test Tone Pink noise output Error: not detected Test tone is output, from only L and R2 channels of the model without DD output function, and from Ls and Rs of two channels of DD model. After setting all outputs to ON, check for each channel is performed individually by pressing > to switch the out- put channel. Check Items List 2) Version (2-2) Revision (2-3) ROM Check Sum (2-4) Model Type (2-5) Region (2-6) M’t Check 3) Peripheral (3-2) EEPROM Check (3-5) SACD Check (3-6) Venc Check (NS755V/NS915V) (3-7) Not support (3-8) External RAM check 4) Servo (4-2) Servo DSP Check (4-3) ––––––– (function not support) (4-4) RF Amp Register Check 5) Supply (5-2) ARP Register Check (5-3) ARP to RAM Data Bus (5-4) ARP to RAM Address Bus (5-5) ARP RAM Check 6) AV Decoder (6-2) 1935 RAM (6-3) 1935 SP 7) Video (7-2) Color Bar (7-3) Composite Out (AEP, UK, RUS Model) (7-4) Y/C Out (AEP, UK, RUS Model) (7-5) RGB Out (AEP, UK, RUS Model) (7-6) Component Out (AEP, UK, RUS Model) (7-7) Euro AV Through (AEP, UK, RUS Model) 8) Audio (8-2) ARP → 1935 (8-3) Test Tone www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-5 Error Codes List 00: Error not detected 01: RAM write/read data discord 03: EEPROM NG 04: Flash memory clear error 05: Flash memory write error 06: Flash memory read data discord 08: ARP register read data discord 09: ARP ←→ RAM data bus error 10: ARP ←→ RAM address bus error 11: ARP RAM read data discord 12: Servo DSP NG 13: RF Amp NG 14: SDRAM NG 15: ARP → 1935 video NG 16: ARP → 1935 audio NG 19: 1901UCODE Download NG 1A: System call error (function not supported) 1B: System call error (parameter error) 1C: System call error (illegal ID number) 20: System call error (time out) 22: Resistance incorrect mounting 50: SACD Decoder W/R NG 52: Video Encoder W/R NG 55: External RAM W/R NG 90: Error occurred 91: User verification NG 92: Diagnosis cancelled. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-6 1. DVD-SL (single layer) Select [1], insert DVD single layer disc, and press [ENTER] key, and the adjustment will be made through the following steps, then adjusted values will be written to the EEPROM. DVD Single Layer Disc Adjustment Steps 1. Sled Reset 2. Disc Check Memory SL 3. Set Disc Type SL 4. Spdl Start 5. LD ON 6. Focus Error Check 7. Focus ON 0 with PI Level Musure 8. Auto Track Offset Adjust L0 9. Trv Level Check 10. Tracking ON 11. CLVA ON 12. Sled ON 13. Auto Focus Balance Adjust 14. Auto Loop Filter Offset Adjust 15. Auto Focus Gain Adjust L0 16. Auto Focus Balance Adjust L0 17. EQ Boost Adjust 18. Auto Loop Filter Offset Adjust 19. Auto Track Gain Adjust 20. RF Level Measure 21. Jitter Measure 22. Eep Copy Loop Filter Offset 23. All Servo Stop 6-4. DRIVE AUTO ADJUSTMENT On the Test Mode Menu screen, press [1] key on the remote com- mander, and the drive auto adjustment menu will be displayed. ## Drive Auto Adjustment ## Adjustment Menu 0. ALL 1. DVD-SL 2. CD 3. DVD-DL 4. LCD Exit: RETURN Normally, [0] is selected to adjust DVD (single layer), CD, DVD (dual layer) in this order. But, individual items can be adjusted for the case where adjustment is suspended due to an error. In this mode, the adjustment can be made easily through the operation following the message displayed on the screen. Which disc is cur- rently adjusted is displayed on the fluorescent display tube. The disc used for adjustment must be the one specified for adjust- ment. 0. ALL You will be asked if EEPROM data are initialized or not, and for this prompt, select [0] and press the [ENTER] key. First , the servo setting data in EEPROM, Emergency History and Hour Meter are cleared to initialize. Then, 1. DVD-SL disc, 2. CD disc, and 3. DVD-DL disc are adjusted in this order. Each time one disc was adjusted, it is ejected, and therefore exchange the disc following the message. You can exit the adjustment by pressing the x button. In adjusting each disc, the mirror time is measured to check the disk type. In the auto adjustment, whether the disc type is correct is not checked unlike conventional models, and accordingly, take care not to insert a different type of disc. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-7 2. CD Select [2], insert CD disc, and press [ENTER] key, and the adjust- ment will be made through the following steps, then adjusted val- ues will be written to the EEPROM. CD Adjustment Steps 1. Sled Reset 2. Disc Check Memory CD 3. Set Disc Type CD 4. Spdl Start 5. LD ON 6. Focus Error Check 7. Fcs ON 0 with PI Level Mesure 8. Auto Track Offset Adjust L0 9. Trv Level Check 10. Tracking ON 11. CLVA ON 12. Sled ON 13. Auto focus Blance Adjust 14. Auto Loop Filter Offset Adjust 15. Auto Focus Gain Adjust L0 16. Auto Focus Balance Adjust L0 17. Eq Boost Adjust 18. Auto Loop Filter Offset Adjust 19. Auto Track Gain Adjust 20. Copy Adjustment Data to LCD 21. RF Level Measure 22. Jitter Measure 23. All Servo Stop 3. DVD-DL (dual layer) Select [3], insert DVD dual layer disc, and press [ENTER] key, and the adjustment will be made through the following steps, then adjusted values will be written to the EEPROM. DVD Dual Layer Disc Adjustment Steps 1. Sled Reset 2. Disc Check Memory DL 3. Set Disc Type DL DVD DL Layer 1 Adjust 4. Spdl Start 5. LD ON 6. Fcs ON 1 with PI Level Mesure 7. Auto Track Offset Adjust L1 8. Tracking ON 9. Clva ON 10. Sled ON 11. Auto Focus Balance Adjust 12. Auto Focus Gain Adjust L1 13. Auto Focus Balance Adjust L1 14. Eq Boost Adjust L1 15. Auto Track Gain Adjust L1 16. Jitter Measure DVD DL Layer 0 Adjust 17. Focus Jump (L1 → L0) 18. Auto Track Offset Adjust L0 19. Tracking ON 20. Clva ON 21. Sled ON 22. Auto Focus Balance Adjust 23. Auto Focus Gain Adjust L0 24. Auto Focus Balance Adjust L0 25. Eq Boost Adjust L0 26. Auto Track Gain Adjust L0 27. Jitter Measure 28. All Servo Stop 4. LCD (SACD) No adjustments, because the adjusted data of CD are reflected to LCD disc and the adjusted data of CD and DVD-DL are reflected to SACD (hybrid disc). www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-8 6-5. DRIVE MANUAL OPERATION On the Test Mode Menu screen, select [2], and the manual opera- tion menu will be displayed. For the manual operation, each servo on/off control and adjustment can be executed manually. ## Drive Manual Operation ## Operation Menu 1. Disc type 2. Servo Control 3. Track/Layer Jump 4. Manual Adjustment 5. Auto Adjustment 6. Memory Check 0. Disc Check Memory Exit: RETURN In using the manual operation menu, take care of the following points. These commands do not provide protection, thus requiring correct operation. The sector address or time code field is dis- played when a disc is loaded. 1. Set correctly the disc type to be used on the Disc Type screen. The disc type must be set after a disc was loaded. The set disc type is cleared when the tray is opened. 2. After power ON, if the Drive Manual Operation was se- lected, first perform “Reset SLED TILT” by opening 1. Disc Type screen. 3. In case of an alarm, immediately press the x button to stop the servo operation, and turn the power OFF. Basic operation (controllable from front panel or remote com- mander) [I/ ] Power OFF x Servo stop A Stop+Eject/Loading [ RETURN] Return to Operation Menu or Test Mode Menu > , . Transition between sub modes of menu [1] to [9], [0] Selection of menu items Cursor ↓ / ↑ Increase/Decrease in manually adjusted value 0. Disc Check Memory Disc Check 1. SL Disc Check 2. CD Disc Check 3. DL Disc Check 0. Reset SLED TILT On this screen, the mirror time is measured and written to the EEPROM to check the disc type. First, set a DVD SL disc and press [1], then set a CD disc and press [2], and finally set a DVD DL disc and press [3]. The measured mirror time is displayed re- spectively. The adjustment must be executed more than once after default data were written. From this screen, you can go to another mode by pressing > or . key, but you cannot enter this mode from another mode. You can enter this mode from the Operation Menu screen only. 1. Disc Type Disc Type Disc Type 1. Disc Type Auto Check 2. DVD SL 12cm 3. DVD DL 12cm 4. CD 12cm 5. SACD 12cm 6. DVD SL 8cm 7. DVD DL 8cm 8. CD 8cm 9. LCD 8cm 0. Reset SLED TILT EMG. 00 On this screen, select the disc type. To select the disc type, press the number of the loaded disc. The selected disc type is displayed at the bottom. Selecting [1] automatically selects and displays the disc type. In case of wrong display, retry “Disc Check Memory”. Also, opening the tray causes the set disc type to be cleared. In this case, set the disc type again after loading. In performing manual operation, the disc type must be set. Once the disc type has been selected, the sector address or time code display field will appear as shown below. These values are displayed when PLL is locked. Disc Type 1. Disc Type Auto Check 2. DVD SL 12cm 3. DVD DL 12cm 4. CD 12cm 5. SACD 12cm 6. DVD SL 8cm 7. DVD DL 8cm 8. CD 8cm 9. LCD 8cm 0. Reset SLED TILT SA.------ SI.-- EMG.00 DVD SL 12cm Display when DVD SL 12cm disc was selected 1 O www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-9 Disc Type 1. Disc Type Auto Check 2. DVD SL 12cm 3. DVD DL 12cm 4. CD 12cm 5. SACD 12cm 6. DVD SL 8cm 7. DVD DL 8cm 8. CD 8cm 9. LCD 8cm 0. Reset SLED TILT TC. --:--:-- EMG.00 CD 12cm Display when CD 12cm disc was selected [0] Reset SLED TILT Reset the Sled and Tilt to initial position.(This model does not have Tilt device, so reset only the Sled to initial position.) [1] Disc Type Check Judge automatically the loaded disc. As the judged result is displayed at the bot- tom of screen, make sure that it is cor- rect. If Disc Check Memory menu has not been executed after EEPROM default setting, the disc type cannot be judged. In this case, return to the initial menu and make a check for three types of discs (SL, DL, CD). [2] to [9] Select the loaded disc. The adjusted value is written to the address of se- lected disc. No further entry is neces- sary if [1] was selected. 2. Servo Control Servo Control 1. LD Off R. Sled FWD 2. SP Off L. Sled REV 3. Focus Off 4. TRK. Off 5. Sled Off 6. CLVA Off 7. FCS. Srch Off 0. Reset SLED TILT SA.------ SI.-- EMG. 00 DVD SL 12 cm On this screen, the servo on/off control necessary for replay is executed. Normally, turn on each servo from 1 sequentially and when CLVA is turned on, the usual trace mode becomes active. In the trace mode, DVD sector address or CD time code is displayed. This is not displayed where the spindle is not locked. The spindle could run overriding the control if the spindle system is faulty or RF is not present. In such a case, do not operate CLVA. [0] Reset SLED TILT Reset the Sled and Tilt to initial position.(This model does not have Tilt device, so reset only the Sled to initial position.) [1] LD Turn ON/OFF the laser. [2] SP Turn ON/OFF the spindle. [3] Focus Search the focus and turn on the focus. [4] TRK Turn ON/OFF the tracking servo. [5] Sled Turn ON/OFF the sled servo. If PLL is not locked (or can not be locked), the sled servo does not be turned ON. (Indication remains as OFF) [6] CLVA Turn ON/OFF normal servo of spindle servo. [7] FCS. Srch Apply same voltage as that of focus search to the focus drive to check the focus drive system. → Sled FWD Move the sled outward. Perform this operation with the tracking servo turned off. ← Sled REV Move the sled inward. Perform this op- eration with the tracking servo turned off. 3. Track/Layer Jump Tracking/Layer Jump 1. 1Tj FWD R. Fj (L1 → L0) 2. 1Tj REV L. Fj (L0 → L1) 3. 2Tj FWD U. Lj (L1 → L0) 4. 2Tj REV D. Lj (L0 → L1) 5. NTj FWD 6. NTj REV 7. 500Tj FWD 8. 500Tj REV 9. 10k/20k FWD 0. 10k/20k REV SA.------ SI.-- EMG. 00 DVD SL 12 cm On this screen, track jump, etc. can be performed. Only for the DVD-DL, the focus jump and layer jump are displayed in the right field. [1] 1Tj FWD 1-track jump forward. [2] 1Tj REV 1-track jump reverse. [3] 2Tj FWD 2-track jump forward. [4] 2Tj REV 2-track jump reverse. [5] NTj FWD N-track jump forward. [6] NTj REV N-track jump reverse. [7] 500Tj FWD Fine search forward. [8] 500Tj REV Fine search reverse. [9] 10k/20k FWD Direct search forward. [0] 10k/20k REV Direct search reverse. – The following commands are valid for DVD-DL disc only – → Fj (L1 → L0) Focus jump forward. (Trk/Sled Servo OFF) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-10 ← Fj (L0 → L1) Focus jump reverse. (Trk/Sled Servo OFF) ↑ Lj (L1 → L0) Layer jump forward. (Trk/Sled Servo ON) ↓ Lj (L0 → L1) Layer jump reverse. (Trk/Sled Servo ON) 4. Manual Adjustment Manual Adjustment:Up/Down 1. TRK. Offset 2. Focus Gain 3. TRK. Gain 4. Focus Offset 5. Focus Balance 6. L.F. Offset 7. Analog FRSW 8. PLL Dac Gain 9. EQ BOOST 0. GD ADJ Adjustment: Up/Down SA. ------ SI. -- EMG. 00 DVD SL 12cm Jitter FF On this screen, each item can be adjusted manually. Select the desired number [1] to [0] from the remote commander, and cur- rent setting for the selected item will be displayed, then increase or decrease numeric value with ↑ key or ↓ key. This value is stored in the EEPROM. If CLV has been applied, the jitter is dis- played for reference for the adjustment. [1] TRK. Offset Adjusts tracking offset. [2] Focus Gain Adjusts focus gain. [3] TRK. Gain Adjusts track gain. [4] Focus Offset Adjusts focus offset. [5] Focus Balance Adjusts focus balance. [6] L.F. Offset Adjusts loop filter offset. [7] Analog FRSW Sets the shifting switch for analog feed- back circuit. [8] PLL Dac Gain Adjusts PLL D/A converter gain. [9] EQ BOOST Adjusts amount of boost of equalizer. [0] GD ADJ Adjusts amount of group delay 5. Auto Adjustment Auto Adjustment 1. Auto TRK. Offset 2. Auto Focus Balance 3. Auto Focus Offset 4. Auto Focus Gain 5. Auto TRK. Gain 6. Auto EQ 7. Auto L.F. Offset 8. Auto Group Delay SA.------ SI.-- EMG. 00 DVD SL 12 cm On this screen, each item can be adjusted automatically. Select the desired number [1] to [8] from the remote commander, and se- lected item is adjusted automatically. [1] Auto TRK. Offset Adjusts tracking offset. [2] Auto Focus Balance Adjusts focus balance. [3] Auto Focus Offset Adjusts focus offset. [4] Auto Focus Gain Adjusts focus gain. [5] Auto TRK. Gain Adjusts track gain. [6] Auto EQ [7] Auto L.F. Offset Adjusts loop filter offset. [8] Auto Group Delay 6. Memory Check Display images are shown as follows, and all three screens are able to switch. EEPROM DATA 1 -– DL -– CD LCD SL L0 L1 Focus Gain xx xx xx xx xx TRK. Gain xx xx xx xx xx FCS Balnce xx xx xx xx xx Focus Bias xx xx xx xx xx TRV Offset xx xx xx xx xx L.F. Offset xx xx xx xx xx EQ. Boost xx xx xx xx xx _ UP : Last Data DOWN : Next Data CLEAR : Default Set page.1/3 EEPROM DATA 2 -– DL -– CD LCD SL L0 L1 RF Jitter xx -- xx xx xx RF Level xx -- xx -- -- FE Level xx -- xx -- -- FE Balance xx -- xx -- -- TRV.Level xx -- xx -- -- TE Gain xx xx -- -- -- PI Level xx -- xx xx -- _ UP : PREV Data DOWN : Next Data CLEAR : Default Set page.2/3 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-11 EEPROM DATA 3 -– DL -– CD LCD SL L0 L1 Analog FRSW xx xx xx xx xx PLL Dac Gain xx xx xx xx xx Mirror Time xx xx xx xx xx _ THR A&L xx xx xx/xx xx xx UP : PREV Data DOWN : First Data CLEAR : Default Set page.3/3 On this screen, current servo adjusted data stored in the EEPROM are displayed. The adjusted data are initialized by pressing the [CLEAR] key, but be careful that they are not recoverable after initialization. Before clearing the adjusted data, make a note of the set data. This screen will also appear if [0] All is selected in the Drive Auto Adjustment. In this case, default setting cannot be made. Data of “THR A & L” on page 3/3 can not be changed if default set is done. 6-6. MECHA AGING ### Mecha Aging ### Press OPEN key Abort: STOP key On the Test Mode Menu screen, selecting [3] executes the aging of mechanism. First, open the tray and load a disc. Press the H key, and the aging will start. During aging, the repeat cycle is displayed. Aging can be aborted at any time by pressing the x key. After the operation has stopped, unload the disc and press again the x key or the [ RETURN] key to return to the Test Mode Menu. 6-7. EMERGENCY HISTORY ### EMG. History ### Laser Hours CD xxhxxm DVD xxhxxm 1. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Select: 1-9 Scroll: UP/DOWN (1: Last EMG.) Exit: RETURN On the Test Mode Menu screen, selecting [4] displays the infor- mation such as servo emergency history. The history information from last 1 up to 10 can be scrolled with ↑ key or ↓ key. Also, specific information can be displayed by directly entering that number with ten keys. The upper two lines display the laser ON total hours. Data below minutes are omitted. Clearing History Information Clearing laser hours Press [DISPLAY] and [CLEAR] keys in this order. Both CD and DVD data are cleared. Clearing emergency history Press [TOP MENU] and [CLEAR] keys in this order. Initializing set up data Press [MENU] and [CLEAR] keys in this order. The data have been initialized when “Set Up Initialized” mes- sage is displayed. The EMG. History screen will be restored soon. O www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-12 6-10. IF CON SELF DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION 1. IF-94 BOARD (IF CON) TEST MODE The front board test mode is the IF CON self diagnostic mode. The IF CON can diagnose the functions of the front panel boards that the IF CON controls. Normally, the IF CON makes a serial communication with the SYSTEM CONTROL and operates fol- lowing the commands from the SYSTEM CONTROL, but in the Test mode, the IF CON operates independently from the SYS- TEM CONTROL. In the Test mode, the following functions can be checked. 1. Button function 2. Remote commander receiving function 3. SYSTEM CONTROL-IF CON serial communication 4. Click shuttle function 5. Fluorescent display tube lighting check Grid check Anode check 6. LED control function In the Test mode, the set operates same as usual, except voltage monitoring, communication monitoring, display of fluorescent display tube, and LED control. 1. The routine that monitors +3.3 V (P-CONT) of MB-105 board is not provided. 2. The monitoring timer for serial communication with the SYS- TEM CONTROL is not provided. The set is not placed in the Standby mode, even if the communication with SYSTEM CONTROL is normal. 3. Display of fluorescent display tube (normally, display is made following the commands from SYSTEM CONTROL) 4. LED control (normally, control is made following the com- mands from SYSTEM CONTROL) 2. OPERATION OF SELF CHECK MODE The Self Check mode is the function to conduct the basic test to the FL display and DVD panel section. 2-1. Self Check Mode Transition Processing At the AC Power ON after IF CON (IC404) was reset, the input to 10pin (SELF CHECK) is judged and if “Low” is entered, the main unit transits to the Self Check mode. In this port input judgment, the result of 3-time attempts must be same (assuming that the MB- 105 and AV-64 boards are not connected). While pressing the x key on the main unit with the IF CON in STANDBY mode, enter [ RETURN] → [DISPLAY] (or [SET UP]) on the remote com- mander, and the unit transits to the Self Check Mode. The Self Check mode terminates when the IF CON transits to the STANDBY mode. 6-8. VERSION INFORMATION ### Version Infomation ### IF con. Ver.x.xxx(xxxx) Group xx SYScon. Ver.x.xxx(xxxx) Model xx Region 0x Servo DSP Ver: x.xxx AVD ucode Ver: xxxxxxxx OPT TYPE : x LASER Exit : RETURN The ROM version, region code, OPT type, etc. are displayed if [5] is selected in the Test Mode Menu. The parenthesized hexadecimal number in the version number field indicates the checksum value of the ROM. Note : After down loading ROM data, sometimes it happens that checksum is not the same as that of ROM data which has been down loaded. In such a case, go back to the menu and select “0. Syscon Diagnosis”, then select “1. All” in “2. Version”. If the result of this operation does not give an agreement, it must be either Down Load error or ROM error. 6-9. VIDEO LEVEL ADJUSTMENT On the Test Mode Menu screen, selecting [6] displays color bars for video level adjustment. During display of color bars, OSD dis- appears but the menu screen will be restored if pressing any key. O www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-13 2-2. Operation of Auto Self Check When the Self Check mode becomes active at the AC Power ON or by key input, the test display of the following steps (1) to (4) is repeated. (1) FLD and LED all ON (for 5 seconds) (2) MODEL display (for 2 seconds) (3) Version display (for 2 seconds) (4) ROM creation date display (for 2 seconds) VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM A- B DVD CD VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM A- B DVD CD GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-14 2-3. Each Self Check Function Each Self Check function tests the FLD display, LED display, and key input. 2-3-1. FLD and LED All ON 2-3-1-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • x key and A key on the main unit • ← key on the main unit and the remote commander 2-3-1-2. Operation and Display In this mode, all LEDs except STANDBY LED and all segments of FLD turn ON. Example of FLD all ON 2-3-2. Main Unit Key Name Display and Key Code Display 2-3-2-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • Keys on main unit except keys transited in self check 2-3-2-2. Operation and Display When a key on the main unit is pressed in the Self Check mode, the name of that key is displayed on the FLD. Also, the key name display and the key code display can be switched with the [DISPLAY] key on the remote commander. “NOTHING” is dis- played when nothing is entered. Also, VIDEO CD, DVD, and CD segments turn on when a communication error occurred. FLD display (at input of H key on the main unit) Input IC404: Pin No. (Signal) Voltage [V] Pin ed (CURSOR) Pin ef (O/C) Pin eg (PLAY) Pin eh (DISPLAY) Pin ej (POWER) 0 – 0.2 ENTER OPEN/CLOSE PLAY STOP POWER 0.6 – 0.82 DOWN PREVIOUS – DISPLAY TVS 1.16 – 1.47 LEFT PAUSE – MENU PVEQ 1.8 – 2.12 UP NEXT – RETURN – 2.48 – 2.7 RIGHT – – TOP MENU – 3.3 – – – – – VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD VCD PROGRESSIVE MP 3 MULTI SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-15 Key code display (at input of H key, Key code: 0Ah) At input of faulty voltage When two keys are pressed 2-3-3. Remote Commander Key Name Display and Key Code Display 2-3-3-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • Remote commander keys except keys transited in self check 2-3-3-2. Operation and Display When a key on the remote commander is pressed in the Self Check mode, the name of that key is displayed on the FLD. Also, the key name display and the key code display can be switched with the [DISPLAY] key on the remote commander. “NOTHING” is dis- played when nothing is entered. Also, VIDEO CD, DVD, and CD segments turn on when a communication error occurred. Remote commander key name display (at input of X key) Remote commander key code display (at input of X key, Key code: 39h) VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-16 2-3-4. Communication Monitoring Display The communication state is monitored and displayed while the key name on the main unit and the remote commander is displayed. When the communication to the System Controller failed, VIDEO CD, DVD, and CD segments turn on. Communication error display (at no key input) Communication error display (at code display without input of the remote commander) 2-3-5. FLD Anode Test Display and SHUTTLE Click Operation Test 2-3-5-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • → on the main unit and the remote commander • SHUTTLE on the remote commander during Anode Test dis- play (This model does not provide JOG/SHUTTLE, and therefore use another DVD remote commander having the JOG/ SHUTTLE) 2-3-5-2. Operation and Display The Self Check mode transits to this mode when → key is en- tered. Only the first segment of each grid of FLD turns on, and each time the SHUTTLE is entered, the segment of each grid is switched in order. When SHUTTLE input is clockwise, the seg- ment switches in 1 → 2 → 3 direction, or counterclockwise it switches in 3 → 2 → 1 direction. This tests whether each segment turns on individually. Display at the start of Anode Test ↓ (Input in CW direction) PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B VCD DVD CD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B VCD DVD CD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B VCD DVD CD VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-17 2-3-6. FLD Grid Test Display and SHUTTLE Click Operation Test 2-3-6-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • ↑ on the main unit and the remote commander • SHUTTLE on the remote commander during Grid Test display (This model does not provide JOG/SHUTTLE, and therefore use another DVD remote commander having the JOG/ SHUTTLE) 2-3-6-2. Operation and Display The Self Check mode transits to this mode when ↑ key is en- tered. The first grid of FLD all turns on and other grids turn off. Each time the SHUTTLE is entered, the grid is switched in order. When SHUTTLE input is clockwise, the grid switches in 1 → 2 → 3 direction, or counterclockwise it switches in 3 → 2 → 1 direc- tion. This tests whether each grid turns on individually. Display at the start of Grid Test ↓ (Input in CW direction) 2-3-7. LED Test Display 2-3-7-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • ↓ on the main unit and the remote commander • SHUTTLE on the remote commander during LED Test display (This model does not provide JOG/SHUTTLE, and therefore use another DVD remote commander having the JOG/ SHUTTLE) 2-3-7-2. Operation and Display LED is switched in order by the input of JOG/SHUTTLE. Also, LED ON/OFF is switched by the input of same key as the function that turns on the LED concerned. FLD display during LED Test 2-3-8. Beep Sound Test 2-3-8-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • Input of a key on main unit 2-3-8-2. Operation and Display In the Self Check mode, each time a key on the main unit is en- tered, a beep sound of 1kHz (100ms) is generated. VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-18 a f h g e r p n s c col m d Dp j k b 13G P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 P13 P14 P15 P16 P17 P18 ANODE CONNECTION ( 12G~1G ) 12G 11G VCD DVD CD MP 3 MULTI SHUFFLE PROGRESSIVE REPEAT 1 B A- PGM ; Digital 2G 3G 4G 5G 6G 7G 8G 10G 11G 12G a a a a a a a a a a h h h h h h h h h h j j j j j j j j j j k k k k k k k k k k b b b b b b b b b b f f f f f f f f f f m m m m m m m m m m s s s s s s s s s s g g g g g g g g g g c c c c c c c c c c e e e e e e e e e e n n n n n n n n n n p p p p p p p p p p r r r r r r r r r r d d d d - col d d d d d d Dp col 1G a h j k b f m s g c e n p r d - Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp - - - - - - - GROUP TITLE CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR - MIN - - SEC 9G a h j k b f m s g c e n p r d Dp - TRACK GROUP TITLE 10G TRACK 9G CHAP 8G INDEX 7G ANGLE 6G NTSC 5G HOUR 4G 3G MIN 2G 1G SEC VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM A- B DVD CD 13G www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-19 6-11. TROUBLESHOOTING 6-11-1. Cannot Enter Test Mode You cannot enter the Test mode when either button has been pressed by any reason with the board assembled in the front panel. In this state, the power does not turn on even under normal condition (the unit is kept in standby state), and also no button is active and the remote commander is not accepted. In this case, disconnect the MB-105 board and AV-64 board, and with the SELF CHECK (pin 0) of IF CON (IC404) on the IF-94 board kept in low state, sup- ply AC, and the IF CON self-diagnosis mode will be forcibly acti- vated. The IF CON (IC404) checks the SELF CHECK port only after the power on reset (only at AC supply, not in standby state). If any button is pressed, its name is displayed on the fluorescent display tube. But, if other than “NOTHING” is displayed though no button is pressed, it means that any button has been pressed. 6-11-2. Faults in Test Mode (MB-105 board) 1. The test mode menu is not displayed. 1-1. Board visual check Check that the ICs of SYSCON (IC104), ROM (IC106 or IC107), AVD (IC403), ARP & SERVO (IC301) are working correctly. Check that outside appearance of the ICs is normal. Check that IC pins are not short-circuited. Check that there is no soldering error. Check that outside appearance of the capacitors and resistors is normal. 1-2. Power supply voltage check Check the power voltage of the power connector (CN101). Check the power voltage of SYSCON (IC104). Check the power voltage of ROM (IC106 or IC107). Check the power voltage of AVD (IC403). Check the power voltage of ARP & SERVO (IC301). If the power voltage has any abnormality t Check that the power supply lines are not shorted. Check that there is no soldering error. If any abnormality cannot be found still t Check that each IC is working normally. 1-3. Clock signal check Measure the clock signal frequency at CPUCK (CL101) of SYSCON (IC104) with an oscilloscope. If the 8.25 MHz signal appears. t Check the machine ac- cording to section 1-3-1 If the 33 MHz signal appears. t Check the machine accord- ing to section 1-3-2. If other frequencies are output. R110 and R113 have defective soldering, X101 crystal os- cillator is defective. If the measurement point is fixed to either “H” or “L”. t Observe XFRRST (pin-uh) of SYSCON (IC104) with an oscilloscope. If the measurement point is “L”, check the following items. If the IC has defective soldering, if the IC is short-circuited. If the measurement point is “H”, t Component X101 or SYSCON (IC104) is defective. 1-3-1. When the 8.25 MHz signal appears at CPUCK • Check the XRD, XWRH and CS0X signal. Observe XRD (pin-u;), XWRH (pin-ua), and CS0X (pin-tk) of SYSCON (IC104) with an oscilloscope. If these pins are fixed to either “L” (0V) or “H” (3.3V), or if these pins stay in the center voltage, check the followings. Check if the signal line does not have the defective solder- ing. Check if the signal line is short-circuited with other signal lines. If you cannot find any problem t SYSCON (IC104) is defective. • HA [0 to 21] signal and HD [0 to 15] signal check Observe HA [0 to 21] (pins- Check S-terminal video output. If it is incorrect, pictures will not be displayed correctly in spite of connection to the TV with a S- terminal cable. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point S VIDEO OUT (S-Y) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 1.00 ± 0.05 Vp-p Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the S-Y level is 1.00 ± 0.05 Vp-p. Figure 7-3 4. Checking S Video Output S-C This checks whether the S-C satisfies the NTSC Standard. If it is not correct, the colors will be too dark or light. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point S VIDEO OUT (S-C) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification A = 286 ± 30 mVp-p (NTSC) Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the S-C burst is “A”. Figure 7-4 7-2. ADJUSTMENT OF VIDEO SYSTEM 1. Video Level Adjustment (MB-105 BOARD) This adjustment is made to satisfy the NTSC standard, and if not adjusted correctly, the brightness will be too large or small. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point LINE OUT (VIDEO) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Adjusting element RV401 (NS705V) RV601 (Except NS705V) Specification 1.00 Vp-p Adjusting method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Adjust the RV601 (or RV401) to attain 1.00 Vp-p. Figure 7-1 2. Progressive Video Output Level Adjustment (MB-105 BOARD) (Except NS705V) This adjustments progressive video output. If it is incorrect, cor- rect brightness will not be attained when connected to, for instance, projector. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Adjusting element RV602 Specification 1.00 Vp-p Adjusting method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “7” Prog Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Adjust the RV602 to attain 1.00 Vp-p Figure 7-2 +0.04 –0.02 A + 0.04 – 0.02 1.00 Vp-p +0.04 –0.02 1.00 ± 0.05 Vp-p + 0.04 – 0.02 + 0.04 – 0.02 1.00 Vp-p + 0.04 – 0.02 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 7-3 5. Checking Component Video Output Y This checks component video output Y. If it is incorrect, correct brightness will not be attained when connected to, for instance, projector. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 1.00 ± 0.05 Vp-p Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the Y level is 1.00 ± 0.05 Vp-p. Figure 7-5 6. Checking Component Video Output B-Y This checks component video output B-Y. If it is incorrect, cor- rect colors will not be displayed when connected to, for instance, projector. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (PB) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification A = 646 ± 50 mVp-p (For US, Canadian, E) A = 700 ± 50 mVp-p (Others) Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the B-Y level is A. Figure 7-6 7. Checking Component Video Output R-Y This checks component video output R-Y. If it is incorrect, cor- rect colors will not be displayed when connected to, for instance, projector. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (PR) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification B = 646 ± 50 mVp-p (For US, Canadian, E) B = 700 ± 50 mVp-p (Others) Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the R-Y level is B. Figure 7-7 A B 1.00 ± 0.05 Vp-p www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 7-6 E 7-3. ADJUSTMENT RELATED PARTS ARRANGEMENT MB-105 BOARD (SIDE A) ETXNY393N2F/HS12S1U/HS12S1F BOARD (SIDE A) RV401 (NS705V), RV601 (EXCEPT NS705V) RV601 RV602 (EXCEPT NS705V) RV602 RV401 IC403 COMP OUT VIDEO LEVEL ADJ 13 1 CN201 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-1 DVP-NS705V/NS755V/NS905V/NS915V NOTE: • -XX and -X mean standardized parts, so they may have some difference from the original one. • Color Indication of Appearance Parts Example: KNOB, BALANCE (WHITE) . . . (RED) ↑ ↑ Parts Color Cabinet's Color • Items marked “*” are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items. • The mechanical parts with no reference number in the exploded views are not supplied. • Accessories and packing materials are given in the last of the electrical parts list. SECTION 8 REPAIR PARTS LIST 8-1. EXPLODED VIEWS The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number speci- fied. Les composants identifiés par une marque 0 sont critiquens pour la sécurité. Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant le numéro spécifié. 8-1-1. FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY (NS705V/NS755V) 4 5 8 8 13 12 7 6 9 3 2 NS705 NS755V NS755V 11 10 16 15 10 1 10 15 14 not supplied not supplied Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark 1 3-075-008-01 RING, SHUTTLE (NS755V) 2 X-3952-398-3 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (NS755V) 2 X-3952-399-3 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (NS705V: SILVER) 2 X-3952-400-3 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (NS705V: BLACK) 3 3-059-349-11 LEG CUSHION 4 X-3952-392-1 COVER ASSY, TRAY (SILVER) 4 X-3952-397-1 COVER ASSY, TRAY (BLACK) 5 3-066-225-01 SONY BADGE (5-A) (BLACK) 5 3-066-225-11 SONY BADGE (5-A) (SILVER) 6 3-073-096-01 LID, BATTERY COVER (for RMT-D146/D147) 7 1-477-212-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D146P) (NS705V) 7 1-477-213-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D147A) (NS755V) 8 3-070-883-01 SCREW, TAPPING (BLACK) 8 3-070-883-11 SCREW, TAPPING (SILVER) 9 3-075-005-41 CASE (SILVER) 9 3-075-005-61 CASE (BLACK) 10 3-710-901-11 SCREW, TAPPING (BLACK) 10 3-710-901-61 SCREW, TAPPING (SILVER) 11 1-757-697-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMM-035) 12 1-757-694-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMO-002) 13 1-757-693-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMO-001) 14 1-476-714-11 ENCODER, ROTARY (NS755V) 15 3-073-491-01 KNOB, CURSOR (NS705V: SILVER) 15 3-073-491-31 KNOB, CURSOR (NS705V: BLACK) 16 1-786-131-11 SWITCH, TACTILE (NS705V) • Abbreviation AUS : Australian model CND : Canadian model EA : Saudi Arabia model HK : Hong Kong model IA : Indonesia model KR : Korean model RUS : Russian model LA : Latin-American model NZ : New Zealand model ME : Middle East model MY : Malaysia model PH : Philippines model SP : Singapore model TH : Thailand model TW : Taiwan model VTM: Vietnam model www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-2 8-1-2. FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY (NS905V/NS915V) Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark 51 3-075-008-01 RING, SHUTTLE (NS905V: BLACK) 51 3-075-008-11 RING, SHUTTLE (NS905V: SILVER) 51 3-075-008-21 RING, SHUTTLE (NS915V) 52 X-3952-541-2 COVER ASSY, TRAY (NS915V) 52 X-3952-542-2 COVER ASSY, TRAY (NS905V: BLACK) 52 X-3952-543-2 COVER ASSY, TRAY (NS905V: SILVER) 53 X-3952-330-2 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (NS915V: LA) 53 X-3952-331-2 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (NS905V: BLACK) 53 X-3952-539-2 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (NS905V: SILVER) 53 X-3952-536-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (NS915V: EXCEPT LA) 54 4-942-568-41 EMBLEM (NO.5), SONY (NS905V: BLACK) 54 4-942-568-51 EMBLEM (NO.5), SONY (NS915V) 54 4-942-568-61 EMBLEM (NO.5), SONY (NS905V: SILVER) 56 3-073-096-01 LID, BATTERY COVER (for RMT-D146/D147) 57 1-477-213-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D147A) (NS915V: LA) 57 1-477-213-31 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D147E) (NS915V: EXCEPT LA) 57 1-477-213-41 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D147P) (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) 57 1-477-213-51 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D147O) (NS905V: EA, ME, AUS, NZ) 58 3-070-883-01 SCREW, TAPPING (NS905V: BLACK) 58 3-070-883-11 SCREW, TAPPING (NS905V: SILVER, NS915V: GOLD) 59 3-074-164-31 CASE (GOLD) 59 3-074-164-41 CASE (BLACK) 59 3-074-164-51 CASE (SILVER) 60 3-970-608-51 SUMITITE (B3), +BV 61 1-757-697-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMM-035) 62 1-757-694-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMO-002) 63 1-757-693-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMO-001) 64 X-3950-447-1 FOOT ASSY (NS905V) 64 X-3950-449-1 FOOT ASSY (NS915V) 65 1-476-714-11 ENCODER, ROTARY 66 3-073-491-41 KNOB, CURSOR (NS915V) 66 3-073-491-51 KNOB, CURSOR (NS905V: SILVER) 58 58 63 62 57 56 59 52 51 53 61 60 60 64 64 60 54 66 65 not supplied not supplied 60 not supplied www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-3 8-1-3. CHASSIS ASSEMBLY (NS705V/NS755V) Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark 0101 1-468-650-11 POWER BLOCK (HS12S1U) (NS755V) 0101 1-468-651-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK (ETXNY393N2F) (NS705V) 102 3-970-608-01 SUMITITE (B3), +BV 0103 1-575-651-21 CORD, POWER (NS705V) 0103 1-823-597-11 CORD, POWER (NS755V) 104 3-073-182-01 BUSHING, CODE (NS755V) 104 3-073-182-02 BUSHING, CODE (NS705V) 105 3-970-608-51 SUMITITE (B3), +BV 106 1-823-831-11 FAE-9 (NS705V) 102 102 102 101 102 103 104 102 NS-705V NS-755V 105 105 105 105 102 102 not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied mechanism deck 105 105 105 105 105 105 not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied NS-705V 102 106 The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part num- ber specified. Les composants identifiés par une marque 0 sont critiques pour la sécurité. Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant le numéro spécifié. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-4 8-1-4. CHASSIS ASSEMBLY (NS905V/NS915V) Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark 0151 1-468-650-12 POWER BLOCK (HS12S1U) (NS915V: TW) 0151 1-468-651-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK (ETXNY393N2F) (NS905V/NS915V: HK, SP, MY, TH, PH, IA, VTM, KR) 0151 1-468-652-11 POWER BLOCK(HS12S1F) (NS915V: LA) 152 3-970-608-01 SUMITITE (B3), +BV 0153 1-575-651-21 CORD, POWER (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS, EA, ME/NS915V: LA, HK, SP, MY, TH, PH, IA, VTM) 0153 1-782-752-31 CORD, POWER (NS915V: KR) 0153 1-790-588-11 CORD, POWER (NS905V: AUS, NZ) 0153 1-824-303-11 POWER-SUPPLY CORD (NS915V: TW) 154 3-073-182-02 BUSHING, CODE (NS905V/NS915V) 155 3-970-608-51 SUMITITE (B3), +BV 160 1-823-831-11 FAE-9 (NS905V: AEP, UK RUS) The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part num- ber specified. Les composants identifiés par une marque 0 sont critiques pour la sécurité. Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant le numéro spécifié. 152 152 152 151 152 153 154 152 AEP, UK, RU AEP, UK, RU EXCEPT AEP, UK, RU 155 155 155 155 152 152 152 160 not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied mechanism deck 155 155 155 155 155 155 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-5 8-1-5. MECHANISM DECK ASSEMBLY The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part num- ber specified. Les composants identifiés par une marque 0 sont critiques pour la sécurité. Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant le numéro spécifié. 201 202 202 202 203 203 204 203 not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark 201 A-6060-556-A LOADING ASSY (T) 202 3-053-847-11 INSULATOR 203 3-067-344-01 INSULATOR SCREW 0204 A-6062-709-A KHM-270AAA SERVICE ASSY www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-6 NOTE: • Due to standardization, replacements in the parts list may be different from the parts speci- fied in the diagrams or the components used on the set. • -XX and -X mean standardized parts, so they may have some difference from the original one. • RESISTORS All resistors are in ohms. METAL: Metal-film resistor. METAL OXIDE: Metal oxide-film resistor. F: nonflammable • Not all of the parts for POWER BLOCK (ETXN393N2F/HS12S1U/HS12S1F) are listed. • Items marked “*” are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when order- ing these items. • SEMICONDUCTORS In each case, u: µ, for example: uA. . : µA. . uPA. . : µPA. . uPB. . : µPB. . uPC. . : µPC. . uPD. . : µPD. . • CAPACITORS uF: µF • COILS uH: µH 8-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number speci- fied. Les composants identifiés par une marque 0 sont critiquens pour la sécurité. Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant le numéro spécifié. When indicating parts by reference number, please include the board. • Abbreviation AUS : Australian model CND : Canadian model EA : Saudi Arabia model HK : Hong Kong model IA : Indonesia model KR : Korean model RUS : Russian model LA : Latin-American model NZ : New Zealand model ME : Middle East model MY : Malaysia model PH : Philippines model SP : Singapore model TH : Thailand model TW : Taiwan model VTM: Vietnam model AV-64 AV-64 ST (E) BOARD, COMPLETE (NS705V) AV-64 UP (U) BOARD, COMPLETE (NS755V) AV-64 UNI (E) BOARD, COMPLETE (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) AV-64 UNI (ME) BOARD, COMPLETE (NS905V: EA, ME, AUS, NZ) AV-64 UP (LA) BOARD, COMPLETE (NS915V) ***************************** (Ref. No.: 1, 000 Series) < CAPACITOR > C101 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 25V C105 1-107-725-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C106 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C107 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C108 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C109 1-163-809-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 25V C110 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C111 1-107-725-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C112 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C113 1-107-725-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C201 1-126-767-11 ELECT 1000uF 20% 16V C202 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V C208 1-136-356-11 MYLAR 470PF 5% 50V (NS905V/NS915V) C209 1-136-356-11 MYLAR 470PF 5% 50V (NS905V/NS915V) C210 1-136-356-11 MYLAR 470PF 5% 50V (NS905V/NS915V) C214 1-136-356-11 MYLAR 470PF 5% 50V (NS905V/NS915V) C215 1-136-356-11 MYLAR 470PF 5% 50V (NS905V/NS915V) C216 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C219 1-136-356-11 MYLAR 470PF 5% 50V (NS905V/NS915V) C220 1-136-356-11 MYLAR 470PF 5% 50V (NS905V/NS915V) C221 1-136-356-11 MYLAR 470PF 5% 50V (NS905V/NS915V) C222 1-136-356-11 MYLAR 470PF 5% 50V (NS905V/NS915V) C223 1-136-356-11 MYLAR 470PF 5% 50V (NS905V/NS915V) C224 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C226 1-109-857-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 63V (NS905V/NS915V) C227 1-109-857-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 63V (NS905V/NS915V) C230 1-109-857-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 63V (NS905V/NS915V) C231 1-109-857-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 63V (NS905V/NS915V) C234 1-109-857-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 63V (NS905V/NS915V) C235 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C236 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C237 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C238 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C239 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C240 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C241 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C242 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V (NS705V/NS755V) C248 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V (NS705V) C248 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V (EXCEPT NS705V) C249 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V (NS705V) C249 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V (EXCEPT NS705V) C250 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V (NS705V) C250 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V (EXCEPT NS705V) C251 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V (NS705V) C251 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V (EXCEPT NS705V) C252 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V (NS705V) C252 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V (EXCEPT NS705V) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-7 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark AV-64 C253 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V (NS705V/NS755V) C254 1-115-416-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 5% 25V C255 1-163-016-00 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0039uF 10% 50V (EXCEPT NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) C256 1-163-016-00 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0039uF 10% 50V (EXCEPT NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) C257 1-163-016-00 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0039uF 10% 50V (EXCEPT NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) C258 1-163-016-00 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0039uF 10% 50V (EXCEPT NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) C259 1-163-016-00 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0039uF 10% 50V (EXCEPT NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) C260 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C261 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5% 50V (NS705V/NS755V) C262 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5% 50V (NS705V/NS755V) C263 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C264 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5% 50V (NS705V/NS755V) C265 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5% 50V (NS705V/NS755V) C266 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C267 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5% 50V (NS705V/NS755V) C268 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5% 50V (NS705V/NS755V) C269 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5% 50V (NS705V/NS755V) C270 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C271 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5% 50V (NS705V/NS755V) C272 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C273 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5% 50V (NS705V/NS755V) C274 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5% 50V (NS705V/NS755V) C275 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V (NS705V/NS755V) C276 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V (NS705V/NS755V) C277 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V (NS705V/NS755V) C301 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 25V C309 1-136-356-11 MYLAR 470PF 5% 50V (NS905V/NS915V) C310 1-136-356-11 MYLAR 470PF 5% 50V (NS905V/NS915V) C311 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C312 1-136-356-11 MYLAR 470PF 5% 50V (NS905V/NS915V) C313 1-136-356-11 MYLAR 470PF 5% 50V (NS905V/NS915V) C314 1-136-850-11 MYLAR 0.1uF 5% 63V (NS905V/NS915V) C315 1-109-857-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 63V (NS905V/NS915V) C316 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C317 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C318 1-109-857-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 63V (NS905V/NS915V) C321 1-109-857-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 63V (NS905V/NS915V) C322 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V C323 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) C333 1-163-016-00 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0039uF 10% 50V (EXCEPT NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) C334 1-163-016-00 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0039uF 10% 50V (EXCEPT NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) C335 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C336 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5% 50V (NS705V/NS755V) C337 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5% 50V (NS705V/NS755V) C338 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C339 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5% 50V (NS705V/NS755V) C340 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5% 50V (NS705V/NS755V) C343 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C346 1-126-924-11 ELECT 330uF 20% 6.3V C348 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 25V C349 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V (NS705V/NS755V) C350 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V (NS705V/NS755V) C353 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V (NS705V/NS755V) C354 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V C355 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V C356 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C357 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C359 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V C361 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 25V < CONNECTOR > CN302 1-506-486-11 PIN, CONNECTOR 7P < DIODE > D101 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL (EXCEPT NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) D102 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL D106 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL D107 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL (EXCEPT NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) D108 8-719-053-18 DIODE 1SR154-400TE-25 D109 8-719-053-18 DIODE 1SR154-400TE-25 D301 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 D303 8-719-914-43 DIODE DAN202K-T-146 < FERRITE BEAD > FB301 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH (NS705V) FB301 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (EXCEPT NS705V) < IC > IC102 8-759-662-86 IC NJM79M05DL1A (TE2) IC103 8-759-826-46 IC LA73051-TLM (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) IC103 6-701-820-01 IC LA73053-TLM-E (NS755V/NS905V: EA, ME, AUS, NZ/NS915V) IC201 8-759-684-22 IC BA15532F-E2 (NS905V/NS915V) IC201 8-759-909-71 IC BA4558F-E2 (NS705V/NS755V) IC202 8-759-684-22 IC BA15532F-E2 (NS905V/NS915V) IC202 8-759-909-71 IC BA4558F-E2 (NS705V/NS755V) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-8 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark IC203 8-759-684-22 IC BA15532F-E2 (NS905V/NS915V) IC203 8-759-909-71 IC BA4558F-E2 (NS705V/NS755V) IC301 8-749-017-80 IC GP1FA551TZ (DIGITAL OUT OPTICAL) IC302 8-759-052-52 IC NJM78M05DL1A-TE1 IC303 8-759-909-71 IC BA4558F-E2 (NS705V/NS755V) IC303 8-759-684-22 IC BA15532F-E2 (NS905V/NS915V) < JACK > J101 1-794-198-11 CONNECTOR, S TERMINAL (S VIDEO OUT) (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) J101 1-694-484-21 TERMINAL, S (2P.V) (S VIDEO OUT) (EXCEPT NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) J102 1-815-358-11 JACK, PIN (3P) (LINE OUT) (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) J102 1-815-362-21 JACK, PIN (6P) (LINE OUT) (EXCEPT NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) J103 1-793-445-11 JACK, PIN 3P (COMPONENT VIDEO OUT) (EXCEPT NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) J201 1-815-029-21 JACK, PIN 6P (5.1CH OUTPUT) J301 1-793-446-21 JACK, PIN 1P (DIGITAL OUT COAXIAL) < COIL > L101 1-412-060-11 INDUCTOR 22uH L301 1-412-064-11 INDUCTOR 100uH < TRANSISTOR > Q104 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR UN2213-TX Q105 8-729-424-08 TRANSISTOR UN2111-TX Q201 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR UN2213-TX Q202 8-729-027-53 TRANSISTOR DTC124TKA-T146 Q203 8-729-424-02 TRANSISTOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX Q204 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR 2SD1938 (F)-ST (TX).SO Q205 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR 2SD1938 (F)-ST (TX).SO Q206 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR 2SD1938 (F)-ST (TX).SO Q207 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR 2SD1938 (F)-ST (TX).SO Q208 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR 2SD1938 (F)-ST (TX).SO Q209 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR 2SD1938 (F)-ST (TX).SO Q301 8-729-230-49 TRANSISTOR 2SC2712-YG-TE85L Q302 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR UN2213-TX Q303 8-729-027-53 TRANSISTOR DTC124TKA-T146 Q304 8-729-424-02 TRANSISTOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX Q305 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR 2SD1938 (F)-ST (TX).SO Q306 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR 2SD1938 (F)-ST (TX).SO Q307 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR UN2213-TX (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) Q308 8-729-027-53 TRANSISTOR DTC124TKA-T146 (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) Q309 8-729-424-02 TRANSISTOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) Q310 8-729-049-31 TRANSISTOR 2SB710A-RTX Q311 8-729-230-49 TRANSISTOR 2SC2712-YG-TE85L Q312 8-729-424-02 TRANSISTOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX < RESISTOR > R101 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R103 1-216-061-91 RES-CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R108 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R109 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R110 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R111 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R112 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R113 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R114 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R115 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R116 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R117 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R118 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R119 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R120 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R124 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R136 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R137 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) 0R140 1-215-860-11 METAL OXIDE 33 5% 1W R141 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (EXCEPT NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R201 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R202 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R203 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R204 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R205 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R206 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R207 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R208 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R209 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R210 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R211 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R212 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R213 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R214 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R215 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R216 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R217 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R218 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R219 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R220 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R221 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R222 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R223 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R224 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R225 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R226 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R227 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R228 1-216-061-91 RES-CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R230 1-216-660-11 METAL CHIP 2.4K 0.5% 1/10W R231 1-216-660-11 METAL CHIP 2.4K 0.5% 1/10W AV-64 The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part num- ber specified. Les composants identifiés par une marque 0 sont critiques pour la sécurité. Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant le numéro spécifié. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-9 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark R232 1-216-660-11 METAL CHIP 2.4K 0.5% 1/10W R233 1-216-660-11 METAL CHIP 2.4K 0.5% 1/10W R234 1-216-660-11 METAL CHIP 2.4K 0.5% 1/10W R235 1-216-063-91 RES-CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W R236 1-216-045-00 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W R237 1-216-045-00 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W R238 1-216-045-00 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W R239 1-216-045-00 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W R240 1-216-045-00 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W R241 1-216-045-00 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W R242 1-216-045-00 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W R243 1-216-045-00 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W R244 1-216-660-11 METAL CHIP 2.4K 0.5% 1/10W R245 1-216-045-00 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W R246 1-216-660-11 METAL CHIP 2.4K 0.5% 1/10W R247 1-216-045-00 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W R248 1-216-660-11 METAL CHIP 2.4K 0.5% 1/10W R249 1-216-660-11 METAL CHIP 2.4K 0.5% 1/10W R250 1-216-660-11 METAL CHIP 2.4K 0.5% 1/10W R251 1-216-063-91 RES-CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W R252 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R253 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R254 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R255 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R256 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R257 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R258 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R259 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R260 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R261 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R262 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R263 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R264 1-216-061-91 RES-CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R265 1-216-061-91 RES-CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R266 1-216-061-91 RES-CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R267 1-216-061-91 RES-CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R268 1-216-061-91 RES-CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R269 1-216-061-91 RES-CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R270 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R271 1-414-233-22 FERRITE 0uH (NS705V) R271 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS755V/NS915V) R271 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W (NS905V) R272 1-414-233-22 FERRITE 0uH (NS705V) R272 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS755V/NS915V) R272 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W (NS905V) R273 1-414-233-22 FERRITE 0uH (NS705V) R273 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS755V/NS915V) R273 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W (NS905V) R274 1-414-233-22 FERRITE 0uH (NS705V) R274 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS755V/NS915V) R274 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W (NS905V) R275 1-414-233-22 FERRITE 0uH (NS705V) R275 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS755V/NS915V) R275 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W (NS905V) R276 1-414-233-22 FERRITE 0uH (NS705V/NS905V) R276 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS755V/NS915V) R301 1-216-033-00 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R302 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R303 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R304 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R305 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R306 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R307 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R308 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R309 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R310 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R311 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R312 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R313 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R314 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R315 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R316 1-216-660-11 METAL CHIP 2.4K 0.5% 1/10W R317 1-216-660-11 METAL CHIP 2.4K 0.5% 1/10W R318 1-216-045-00 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W R320 1-216-045-00 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W R321 1-216-045-00 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W R322 1-216-660-11 METAL CHIP 2.4K 0.5% 1/10W R323 1-216-045-00 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W R324 1-216-660-11 METAL CHIP 2.4K 0.5% 1/10W R325 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R326 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R327 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R328 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R329 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R330 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R331 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R332 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R333 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R334 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R335 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R336 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R337 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R338 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R339 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R341 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R342 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R343 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R347 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R348 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R349 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R350 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R351 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R352 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R363 1-216-067-00 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W R364 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R365 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R366 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R367 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W AV-64 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-10 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark R368 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R370 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH (NS705V) R370 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (EXCEPT NS705V) < SWITCH > S101 1-692-989-11 SWITCH, SLIDE (SCAN SELECT) (NS755V/NS915V) ER-19 BOARD, COMPLETE (NS705V) ER-19 BOARD, COMPLETE (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) ********************** (Ref. No.: 1, 000 Series) < CAPACITOR > C901 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) C902 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) C903 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) C905 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) C907 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) C913 1-164-489-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) C914 1-164-489-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) C927 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) C938 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) C940 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) C943 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) C945 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) C950 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) C951 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) C962 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) C963 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) < CONNECTOR > CN901 1-815-149-11 CONNECTOR, FPC/FFC (1MM PIC) 21P (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) < JACK > CNJ901 1-816-044-11 CONNECTOR, SQUARE TYPE 21P (LINE 2) (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) CNJ902 1-816-044-11 CONNECTOR, SQUARE TYPE 21P (LINE 1) (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) < DIODE > D901 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) D902 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) D903 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) D904 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) D905 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) D906 8-719-053-18 DIODE 1SR154-400TE-25 (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) D907 8-719-914-44 DIODE DAP202K-T-146 (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) D917 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) D918 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) D919 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) D920 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) D922 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) D924 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) D926 8-719-069-56 DIODE UDZSTE-176.2B (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) D927 8-719-083-63 DIODE UDZSTE-1713B (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) D929 8-719-069-56 DIODE UDZSTE-176.2B (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) D930 8-719-083-63 DIODE UDZSTE-1713B (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) < FERRITE BEAD > FB901 1-469-796-21 FERRITE 0uH (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) FB903 1-469-796-21 FERRITE 0uH (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) FB904 1-469-796-21 FERRITE 0uH (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) FB905 1-469-796-21 FERRITE 0uH (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) FB907 1-469-796-21 FERRITE 0uH (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) FB908 1-469-796-21 FERRITE 0uH (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) FB909 1-469-796-21 FERRITE 0uH (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) FB910 1-469-796-21 FERRITE 0uH (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) FB911 1-414-233-22 FERRITE 0uH (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) FB913 1-414-233-22 FERRITE 0uH (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) FB916 1-414-233-22 FERRITE 0uH (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) FB918 1-414-233-22 FERRITE 0uH (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) FB919 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) FB919 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH (NS705V) < IC > IC901 8-759-826-47 IC LA73052-TLM (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) AV-64 ER-19 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-11 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark ER-19 IF-94 < COIL > L905 1-412-060-11 INDUCTOR 22uH (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) < TRANSISTOR > Q901 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR UN2213-TX (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) Q902 8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-QRS-TX (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) Q903 8-729-424-08 TRANSISTOR UN2111-TX (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) Q906 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR UN2213-TX (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) Q907 8-729-424-08 TRANSISTOR UN2111-TX (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) Q908 8-729-421-22 TRANSISTOR UN2211-TX (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) Q909 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR UN2213-TX (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) Q910 8-729-424-08 TRANSISTOR UN2111-TX (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) Q911 8-729-216-22 TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-YG-TE85L (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) Q912 8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-QRS-TX (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) Q913 8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-QRS-TX (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) Q914 8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-QRS-TX (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) Q915 8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-QRS-TX (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) < RESISTOR > R904 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS705V) R905 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R906 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R907 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R908 1-216-105-91 RES-CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R909 1-216-037-00 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R910 1-216-037-00 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R911 1-216-037-00 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R912 1-216-037-00 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R914 1-216-055-00 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R915 1-216-045-00 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R916 1-216-055-00 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R917 1-216-055-00 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R918 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R919 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R921 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS705V) R922 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS705V) R923 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R924 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R925 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS705V) R926 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS705V) R927 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R928 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R929 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R930 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R931 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R932 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R933 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R934 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS705V) R937 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS705V) R938 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R939 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R945 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS705V) R946 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R950 1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R957 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) < RELAY > RY901 1-515-622-11 RELAY (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) RY902 1-515-622-11 RELAY (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) RY903 1-515-622-11 RELAY (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) RY904 1-515-622-11 RELAY (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) IF-94 BOARD, COMPLETE (NS705V) IF-94 BOARD, COMPLETE (NS755V/NS915V) IF-94 BOARD, COMPLETE (NS905V) ********************* (Ref. No.: 1, 000 Series) 3-067-239-01 HOLDER, FL < BUZZER > BZ401 1-529-986-11 BUZZER, VOLTAGE < CAPACITOR > C401 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C402 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V (EXCEPT NS705V) C403 1-128-551-11 ELECT 22uF 20% 25V C404 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V (EXCEPT NS705V) C407 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C409 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C411 1-104-665-11 ELECT 100uF 20% 25V C412 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C414 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C416 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-12 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark C417 1-137-150-11 FILM 0.01uF 5% 100V C419 1-104-666-11 ELECT 220uF 20% 25V C420 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C421 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C422 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 50V C425 1-119-943-91 ELECT 47uF 20% 50V C426 1-128-551-11 ELECT 22uF 20% 25V C427 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C429 1-104-665-11 ELECT 100uF 20% 25V C431 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 50V C432 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C437 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C440 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C441 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 25V < CONNECTOR > CN403 1-815-458-21 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 15P * CN405 1-785-530-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 10P CN406 1-785-694-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 7P (EXCEPT NS705V) CN406 1-815-381-11 CONNECTOR, FPC/FFC 5P (NS705V) CN407 1-785-694-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 7P (NS755V/NS915V) CN407 1-815-381-11 CONNECTOR, FPC/FFC 5P (NS705V/NS905V) < DIODE > D401 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL (EXCEPT NS705V) D402 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL (EXCEPT NS705V) D403 8-719-041-97 DIODE MA113- (TX) D404 8-719-041-97 DIODE MA113- (TX) D405 8-719-041-97 DIODE MA113- (TX) D406 8-719-041-97 DIODE MA113- (TX) D412 8-719-017-62 DIODE MA8068-L-TX < IC > IC403 6-701-875-01 IC LMS8117ADTX-1.8/NOPB IC404 6-802-218-01 IC 86CK74AFG-3V35 (M IC405 8-759-684-35 IC S-80830ANUP-EDT-T2 IC406 8-749-019-11 IC GP1UD28SYK < COIL > L401 1-408-978-21 INDUCTOR 47uH < FLUORESCENT INDICATOR > ND401 1-518-806-11 TUBE, FLUORESCENT INDICATOR < IC LINK > 0PS401 1-576-509-21 RINK, IC (1A) 0PS402 1-576-509-21 RINK, IC (1A) < TRANSISTOR > Q401 8-729-056-46 TRANSISTOR 2SC5053T100Q Q402 8-729-056-46 TRANSISTOR 2SC5053T100Q Q404 8-729-048-28 TRANSISTOR 2SD1766-T100-QR Q405 8-729-424-08 TRANSISTOR UN2111-TX < RESISTOR > R401 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R408 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R409 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R411 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V) R412 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V) R413 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V) R414 1-216-059-00 METAL CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W R415 1-216-055-00 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W R416 1-216-055-00 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W R417 1-216-063-91 RES-CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W R418 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R419 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V) R420 1-216-027-00 METAL CHIP 120 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V) R421 1-216-059-00 METAL CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W R422 1-216-071-00 METAL CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/10W R423 1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R424 1-216-013-00 METAL CHIP 33 5% 1/10W R425 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R426 1-216-063-91 RES-CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W R427 1-216-063-91 RES-CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W R428 1-216-071-00 METAL CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/10W R430 1-216-059-00 METAL CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W R431 1-216-063-91 RES-CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W R433 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R434 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R435 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R437 1-216-027-00 METAL CHIP 120 5% 1/10W R444 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R446 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R448 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R449 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R450 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R455 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R470 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS905V) R471 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W (NS905V) R472 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V) R473 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R474 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R481 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R482 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R483 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R484 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R485 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R488 1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R489 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R490 1-216-083-00 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W R496 1-216-017-91 RES-CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R497 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W < SWITCH > S401 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (TOP MENU) IF-94 The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part num- ber specified. Les composants identifiés par une marque 0 sont critiques pour la sécurité. Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant le numéro spécifié. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-13 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark S402 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (O RETURN) S403 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (MENU) S404 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (DISPLAY) S405 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (x) S406 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (>) S407 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (X) S408 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (.) S409 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (A) S410 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (PICTURE MODE) S411 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (SURROUND) S412 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (G) < TRANSFORMER > T401 1-437-620-11 TRANSFORMER, DC-DC CONVERTER < VIBRATOR > X401 1-781-472-21 VIBRATOR, CERAMIC (8MHz) LE-34 BOARD, COMPLETE ********************* (Ref. No.: 1, 000 Series) < CONNECTOR > CN001 1-815-412-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 5P (NS705V/NS905V) < DIODE > D001 8-719-056-06 DIODE SLR-342DCT32 (PROGRESSIVE) (NS755V/NS915V) D002 8-719-056-06 DIODE SLR-342DCT32 (SUPER AUDIO CD) D004 6-500-176-01 DIODE EB3804X-TP-J555K (MULTI CHANNEL) < RESISTOR > R001 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R002 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R004 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS755V/NS915V) R005 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R007 1-216-033-00 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W MB-105 ST (E) BOARD, COMPLETE (NS705V) MB-105 UP (U) BOARD, COMPLETE (NS755V) MB-105 UNI (E) BOARD, COMPLETE (NS905V: AEP, UK) MB-105 UNI (RU) BOARD, COMPLETE (NS905V: RUS) MB-105 UNI (ME) BOARD, COMPLETE (NS905V: EA, ME) MB-105 UNI (OC) BOARD, COMPLETE (NS905V: AUS, NZ) MB-105 UP (LA) BOARD, COMPLETE (NS915V: LA) MB-105 UP (LA) BOARD, COMPLETE (NS915V: EXCEPT LA) ****************************** (Ref. No.: 2, 000 Series) < CAPACITOR > C102 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C103 1-126-209-11 ELECT CHIP 100uF 20% 4V C104 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C105 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C106 1-162-916-11 CERAMIC CHIP 12PF 5% 50V C107 1-162-919-11 CERAMIC CHIP 22PF 5% 50V C108 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C109 1-126-209-11 ELECT CHIP 100uF 20% 4V C111 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C113 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C115 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C118 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C120 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C121 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C122 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C124 1-126-206-11 ELECT CHIP 100uF 20% 6.3V C125 1-126-607-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 4V C126 1-126-204-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 16V C127 1-126-246-11 ELECT CHIP 220uF 20% 4V C128 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C129 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V (NS905V/NS915V) C130 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C201 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C202 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C203 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C204 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C210 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 50V C211 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 50V C212 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 50V C213 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 50V C214 1-164-245-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.015uF 10% 25V C215 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V C216 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V C218 1-162-965-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0015uF 10% 50V C219 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C220 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C221 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C225 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V C226 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V C228 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C229 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C230 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C232 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C233 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C234 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 6.3V C235 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C236 1-164-739-11 CERAMIC CHIP 560PF 5% 50V C238 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C240 1-164-677-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033uF 10% 16V C241 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C242 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 6.3V C243 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C244 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C245 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C246 1-164-677-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033uF 10% 16V C247 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C248 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C249 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C250 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C251 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C252 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C253 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C254 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C255 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C256 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 16V C257 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 16V C258 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C259 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V IF-94 LE-34 MB-105 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-14 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark C260 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C261 1-162-959-11 CERAMIC CHIP 330PF 5% 50V C262 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C263 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C264 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C265 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C266 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C270 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C271 1-126-204-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 16V C272 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C273 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C302 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C304 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C305 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C308 1-126-206-11 ELECT CHIP 100uF 20% 6.3V C309 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C310 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V C311 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C312 1-110-563-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.068uF 10% 16V C313 1-164-677-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033uF 10% 16V C314 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C315 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C316 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C317 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C318 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C319 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C320 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C321 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C322 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C323 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C324 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C325 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C326 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C327 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C328 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C329 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C330 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C331 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C332 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C333 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C334 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C335 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C337 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C338 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C339 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C340 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C343 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C344 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C401 1-126-193-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V C402 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V (NS705V) C403 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V (NS705V) C404 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C405 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C406 1-126-209-11 ELECT CHIP 100uF 20% 4V (NS705V) C407 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C408 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C410 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C411 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C413 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C414 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C416 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C417 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C418 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C419 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C420 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C421 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C423 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C424 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C426 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C427 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C429 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C430 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C431 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C432 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C433 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C436 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C437 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C445 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C446 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C449 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C501 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C502 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C503 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C504 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C505 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C508 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C509 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C510 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C511 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C512 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C513 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C514 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C515 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C516 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C517 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C518 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C519 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C520 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C521 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C522 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C523 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C524 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C525 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 6.3V C526 1-127-956-21 FILM CHIP 0.1uF 5% 16V (NS905V/NS915V) C527 1-117-863-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47uF 10% 6.3V C529 1-115-416-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 5% 25V C530 1-127-956-21 FILM CHIP 0.1uF 5% 16V C531 1-127-956-21 FILM CHIP 0.1uF 5% 16V (NS905V/NS915V) C532 1-117-863-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47uF 10% 6.3V C533 1-127-956-21 FILM CHIP 0.1uF 5% 16V C534 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 6.3V C535 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 6.3V C537 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C538 1-117-863-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47uF 10% 6.3V C601 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V (NS755V/NS915V) MB-105 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-15 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark C602 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V (NS755V/NS915V) C603 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V (NS755V/NS915V) C604 1-126-607-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 4V (NS755V/NS915V) C605 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V (NS755V/NS915V) C606 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V (NS755V/NS915V) C607 1-126-607-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 4V (NS755V/NS915V) C608 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V (NS755V/NS915V) C609 1-126-607-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 4V (NS755V/NS915V) C610 1-126-607-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 4V (NS755V/NS915V) C611 1-126-607-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 4V (NS755V/NS915V) C612 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V (NS755V/NS915V) C613 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V (NS755V/NS915V) C614 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V (NS755V/NS915V) C615 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V (NS755V/NS915V) C616 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V (NS755V/NS915V) C617 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V (NS755V/NS915V) C618 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V (NS755V/NS915V) C619 1-126-607-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 4V (NS755V/NS915V) C620 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V (NS755V/NS915V) C621 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V (NS755V/NS915V) C622 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V (NS755V/NS915V) C623 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V (NS755V/NS915V) C624 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V (EXCEPT NS705V) C625 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V (EXCEPT NS705V) C626 1-126-607-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 4V (EXCEPT NS705V) C627 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V (EXCEPT NS705V) C628 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5% 50V (EXCEPT NS705V) C629 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5% 50V (EXCEPT NS705V) C630 1-164-173-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0039uF 10% 50V (EXCEPT NS705V) C631 1-127-956-21 FILM CHIP 0.1uF 5% 16V (EXCEPT NS705V) C632 1-127-956-21 FILM CHIP 0.1uF 5% 16V (EXCEPT NS705V) C633 1-164-733-11 CERAMIC CHIP 820PF 10% 50V (EXCEPT NS705V) C634 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V (EXCEPT NS705V) C635 1-126-209-11 ELECT CHIP 100uF 20% 4V (EXCEPT NS705V) C636 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V (EXCEPT NS705V) C637 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V (EXCEPT NS705V) C638 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V (EXCEPT NS705V) C639 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V (EXCEPT NS705V) C901 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C902 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C903 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C904 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C905 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V C907 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C909 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C910 1-126-209-11 ELECT CHIP 100uF 20% 4V C912 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V C913 1-126-209-11 ELECT CHIP 100uF 20% 4V C914 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C915 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C916 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C917 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C919 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C920 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C921 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C922 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C923 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C924 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C925 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C926 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C927 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C928 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C929 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C930 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C931 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C932 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C933 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C934 1-164-677-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033uF 10% 16V C935 1-164-677-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033uF 10% 16V C936 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V < CONNECTOR > CN101 1-815-459-21 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 15P * CN104 1-770-470-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 6P CN203 1-815-507-21 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 26P < DIODE > D501 8-719-914-44 DIODE DAP202K-T-146 D502 8-719-914-44 DIODE DAP202K-T-146 D503 8-719-914-44 DIODE DAP202K-T-146 < FERRITE BEAD > FB101 1-469-784-11 FERRITE 0uH FB103 1-469-784-11 FERRITE 0uH FB104 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH FB105 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH FB106 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH MB-105 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-16 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark FB107 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH FB108 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH FB109 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH FB110 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH FB111 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH FB112 1-469-784-11 FERRITE 0uH FB501 1-469-784-11 FERRITE 0uH FB502 1-469-784-11 FERRITE 0uH < FILTER > FL101 1-234-494-21 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) (NS705V/NS755V) FL102 1-234-494-21 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) FL103 1-234-494-21 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) FL104 1-234-494-21 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) FL105 1-234-494-21 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) FL106 1-234-494-21 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) FL107 1-233-893-21 FILTER, CHIP EMI FL108 1-234-494-21 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) FL109 1-234-494-21 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) FL201 1-234-494-21 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) FL402 1-234-494-21 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) FL403 1-234-494-21 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) FL404 1-234-494-21 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) FL501 1-234-494-21 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) FL502 1-234-494-21 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) FL901 1-234-494-21 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) FL902 1-234-494-21 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) FL903 1-234-494-21 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) FL905 1-234-494-21 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) < IC > IC101 8-759-643-29 IC BR24C64F-E2 IC102 6-702-302-01 IC TK11133CSCL-G (NS905V/NS915V) IC103 6-701-879-01 IC CY24233ZCT IC104 6-701-837-01 IC MB91307RPFV-G-BND-E1 IC107 6-802-273-01 IC MR27V3202F-CNTPZ04B (NS705V) IC107 6-802-272-01 IC MR27V3202F-7UTPZ04B (EXCEPT NS705V) IC108 6-701-874-01 IC IDT71V016SA15PH8 (SCD2994) IC201 6-701-700-01 IC SP3728ACB IC202 8-759-826-42 IC FAN8034 IC301 6-701-876-01 IC CXD9703R IC302 6-702-302-01 IC TK11133CSCL-G IC303 8-759-643-10 IC GM71V18160CT-6TR IC401 6-702-300-01 IC TK11118CSCL-G IC402 6-702-302-01 IC TK11133CSCL-G (NS705V) IC403 8-752-416-45 IC CXD1935Q IC406 6-700-098-01 IC HY57V641620HGT-P-TR-V IC501 8-752-418-21 IC CXD1938AR IC502 6-700-534-01 IC CXD9675R-L IC503 8-759-082-59 IC TC7W32FU (TE12R) IC504 6-700-533-01 IC CXD9674TN-E2 IC601 6-702-301-01 IC TK11125CSCL-G (NS755V/NS915V) IC602 6-701-814-01 IC CXD9698R (NS755V/NS915V) IC603 8-759-663-74 IC HY57V161610DTC-7T (NS755V/NS915V) IC604 6-701-079-01 IC ADV7300AKST (EXCEPT NS705V) IC605 6-702-301-01 IC TK11125CSCL-G (EXCEPT NS705V) IC901 6-702-299-01 IC TK11225CMCL IC903 6-700-353-01 IC MT48LC1M16A1TG-6STR IC905 8-752-416-77 IC CXD2753R IC906 6-702-231-01 IC LMH6642MFX < COIL > L001 1-414-410-21 INDUCTOR 10uH L201 1-412-031-11 INDUCTOR CHIP 47uH L202 1-412-031-11 INDUCTOR CHIP 47uH < TRANSISTOR > Q201 8-729-903-46 TRANSISTOR 2SB1132-T100-QR Q202 8-729-903-46 TRANSISTOR 2SB1132-T100-QR Q401 8-729-216-22 TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-YG-TE85L (NS705V) Q601 8-729-216-22 TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-YG-TE85L (NS905V) < RESISTOR > R001 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R002 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R003 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R004 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R005 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R006 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R007 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R008 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R009 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R010 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R011 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R012 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R013 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R014 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R015 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R016 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R017 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R018 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R019 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R020 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R021 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V) R026 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W (NS905V) R028 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R029 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS705V) R102 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R104 1-216-789-11 METAL CHIP 2.2 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS755V) R106 1-216-797-11 METAL CHIP 10 5% 1/10W R107 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R108 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R109 1-216-797-11 METAL CHIP 10 5% 1/10W R110 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R111 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R112 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R113 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R114 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W R115 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R117 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R118 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R119 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R120 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R121 1-216-797-11 METAL CHIP 10 5% 1/10W R122 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W MB-105 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-17 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark R123 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R124 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R125 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R126 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R129 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R133 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R138 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R139 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R140 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R144 1-216-797-11 METAL CHIP 10 5% 1/10W R146 1-216-797-11 METAL CHIP 10 5% 1/10W R148 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R150 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R152 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R153 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R154 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R155 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R156 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R159 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R160 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R164 1-216-075-00 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK) R164 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W (NS905V: RUS) R164 1-216-047-91 RES-CHIP 820 5% 1/10W (NS905V: EA, ME) R164 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W (NS905V: AUS, NZ) R164 1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W (NS915V: LA) R164 1-216-057-00 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W (NS915V: EXCEPT LA) R165 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R166 1-216-061-91 RES-CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W (NS705V) R166 1-216-654-11 METAL CHIP 1.3K 0.5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R166 1-216-047-91 RES-CHIP 820 5% 1/10W (NS905V) R167 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R169 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, EA, ME) R169 1-216-069-00 METAL CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W (NS905V: RUS) R169 1-216-075-00 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W (NS905V: AUS, NZ/NS915V: LA) R169 1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W (NS915V: EXCEPT LA) R171 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R172 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R173 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R174 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W (NS705V/NS905V) R176 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R177 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R178 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R179 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R183 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R187 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R188 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R189 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R191 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R193 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R195 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R196 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R197 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R198 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R206 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R207 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R210 1-216-815-11 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W R211 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R212 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R213 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R214 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R216 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R217 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R218 1-216-846-11 METAL CHIP 120K 5% 1/10W R219 1-216-846-11 METAL CHIP 120K 5% 1/10W R220 1-216-847-11 METAL CHIP 150K 5% 1/10W R221 1-216-847-11 METAL CHIP 150K 5% 1/10W R222 1-216-842-11 METAL CHIP 56K 5% 1/10W R223 1-216-842-11 METAL CHIP 56K 5% 1/10W R224 1-216-850-11 METAL CHIP 270K 5% 1/10W R225 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R226 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W R227 1-216-846-11 METAL CHIP 120K 5% 1/10W R229 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R230 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R231 1-216-855-11 METAL CHIP 680K 5% 1/10W R232 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R233 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W R234 1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP 33 5% 1/10W R235 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R236 1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP 33 5% 1/10W R238 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R239 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R240 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R241 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R242 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W R243 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W R244 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R245 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R246 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R248 1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP 33 5% 1/10W R249 1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP 33 5% 1/10W R250 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W R251 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R252 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R253 1-218-889-11 METAL CHIP 56K 0.5% 1/10W R254 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W R255 1-218-889-11 METAL CHIP 56K 0.5% 1/10W R256 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R259 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R260 1-216-834-11 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W R261 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R262 1-216-815-11 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W R263 1-216-861-11 METAL CHIP 2.2M 5% 1/10W R264 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R265 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W R269 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R273 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R301 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 MB-105 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-18 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark R302 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R310 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R311 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R312 1-218-831-11 METAL CHIP 220 0.5% 1/10W R313 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R314 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R315 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R316 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R317 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R318 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R319 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.5% 1/10W R320 1-218-883-11 METAL CHIP 33K 0.5% 1/10W R321 1-218-879-11 METAL CHIP 22K 0.5% 1/10W R322 1-218-847-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R323 1-218-855-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 0.5% 1/10W R324 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R325 1-218-867-11 RES-CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W R326 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R327 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.5% 1/10W R328 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W R329 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R330 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R331 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R332 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R333 1-216-847-11 METAL CHIP 150K 5% 1/10W R334 1-218-853-11 METAL CHIP 1.8K 0.5% 1/10W R335 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R336 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R337 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R338 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R349 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R351 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R352 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R358 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R359 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R360 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R401 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS705V) R402 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R404 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (EXCEPT NS705V) R407 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R408 1-218-831-11 METAL CHIP 220 0.5% 1/10W (NS705V) R409 1-218-831-11 METAL CHIP 220 0.5% 1/10W (NS705V) R410 1-218-831-11 METAL CHIP 220 0.5% 1/10W (NS705V) R411 1-218-831-11 METAL CHIP 220 0.5% 1/10W (NS705V) R412 1-218-831-11 METAL CHIP 220 0.5% 1/10W (NS705V) R413 1-218-831-11 METAL CHIP 220 0.5% 1/10W (NS705V) R414 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R416 1-218-867-11 RES-CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W R417 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (EXCEPT NS705V) R418 1-216-822-11 METAL CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W R419 1-216-797-11 METAL CHIP 10 5% 1/10W R426 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R430 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R431 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W (NS705V) R434 1-216-797-11 METAL CHIP 10 5% 1/10W R436 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W (NS705V) R501 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R507 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R520 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R524 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R525 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R527 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R530 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R531 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R532 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R540 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R541 1-216-797-11 METAL CHIP 10 5% 1/10W R542 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R547 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R554 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (EXCEPT NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R555 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R556 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS705V/NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) R557 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R601 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (EXCEPT NS705V) R602 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (EXCEPT NS705V) R603 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R604 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R605 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R606 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R607 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R608 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R609 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R610 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R611 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R612 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R613 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R614 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS755V/NS915V) R615 1-218-285-11 RES-CHIP 75 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R616 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS905V) R617 1-218-292-11 RES-CHIP 20K 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R618 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS755V/NS915V) R619 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R620 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R621 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R622 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R623 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R624 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R625 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R626 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R627 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) MB-105 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-19 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark R628 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R629 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R630 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R631 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R632 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R633 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R634 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R640 1-216-789-11 METAL CHIP 2.2 5% 1/10W (NS755V/NS915V) R659 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V) R661 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V) R663 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (EXCEPT NS705V) R664 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (EXCEPT NS705V) R665 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (EXCEPT NS705V) R674 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V) R675 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V) R676 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V) R677 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V) R678 1-218-834-11 METAL CHIP 300 0.5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V) R679 1-218-834-11 METAL CHIP 300 0.5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V) R680 1-218-834-11 METAL CHIP 300 0.5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V) R681 1-218-834-11 METAL CHIP 300 0.5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V) R682 1-218-834-11 METAL CHIP 300 0.5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V) R683 1-218-834-11 METAL CHIP 300 0.5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS705V) R686 1-469-784-11 FERRITE 0uH (NS705V) R687 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (EXCEPT NS705V) R688 1-469-784-11 FERRITE 0uH (NS705V) R689 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (EXCEPT NS705V) R690 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS705V) R691 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (EXCEPT NS705V) R692 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS705V) R693 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (EXCEPT NS705V) R694 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS705V) R695 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (EXCEPT NS705V) R696 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS705V) R697 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (EXCEPT NS705V) R700 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS705V/NS905V) R903 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R904 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R905 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R907 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R908 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R909 1-216-834-11 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W R910 1-218-867-11 RES-CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W R911 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R912 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R913 1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP 33 5% 1/10W R914 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R915 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R916 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R917 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R921 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R922 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R923 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R925 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R955 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R956 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R957 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R958 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R959 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R960 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R961 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R962 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W < COMPOSITION CIRCUIT BLOCK > * RB102 1-233-270-11 NETWORK, RES (8 GANG) 10K RB103 1-233-576-11 RES, CHIP NETWORK 100 RB104 1-233-576-11 RES, CHIP NETWORK 100 RB105 1-233-576-11 RES, CHIP NETWORK 100 RB106 1-233-576-11 RES, CHIP NETWORK 100 RB107 1-233-576-11 RES, CHIP NETWORK 100 RB108 1-233-576-11 RES, CHIP NETWORK 100 RB109 1-233-576-11 RES, CHIP NETWORK 100 RB110 1-233-576-11 RES, CHIP NETWORK 100 RB111 1-233-576-11 RES, CHIP NETWORK 100 < VARIABLE RESISTOR > RV401 1-223-583-11 RES, ADJ, CARBON 1K (NS705V) RV601 1-223-583-11 RES, ADJ, CARBON 1K (EXCEPT NS705V) RV602 1-223-583-11 RES, ADJ, CARBON 1K (EXCEPT NS705V) < VIBRATOR > X101 1-795-174-11 VIBRATOR, CERAMIC (16.5MHz) X102 1-795-540-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (27MHz) MS-81 BOARD ************ (Ref. No.: 1, 000 Series) < CONNECTOR > CN001 1-815-412-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 5P < SWITCH > S001 1-786-133-11 SWITCH, ROTARY (CHUCK/TRAY DETECT) MB-105 MS-81 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-20 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark 0 1-468-651-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK (ETXNY393N2F) (NS705V/NS905V/NS915V: EXCEPT HK, SP, MY, TH, PH, IA, VTM, KR) ********************* (Ref. No.: 5, 000 Series) < FUSE > 0F101 9-885-020-87 FUSE (2A/250V) 0 1-468-650-12 POWER BLOCK (HS12S1U) (NS755V/NS915V: TW) ********************** (Ref. No.: 5, 000 Series) < FUSE > 0F101 1-533-296-11 FUSE (2A/125V) 0 1-468-652-11 POWER BLOCK (HS12S1F) (NS915V: LA) ********************** (Ref. No.: 5, 000 Series) < FUSE > 0F101 1-532-388-31 FUSE (2A/250V) MISCELLANEOUS ************** 1 3-075-008-01 RING, SHUTTLE (NS755V) 7 1-477-212-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D146P) (NS705V) 7 1-477-213-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D147A) (NS755V) 11 1-757-697-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMM-035) 12 1-757-694-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMO-002) 13 1-757-693-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMO-001) 14 1-476-714-11 ENCODER, ROTARY (NS755V) 16 1-786-131-11 SWITCH, TACTILE (NS705V) 57 1-477-213-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D147A) (NS915V: LA) 57 1-477-213-31 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D147E) (NS915V: EXCEPT LA) 57 1-477-213-41 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D147P) (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS) 57 1-477-213-51 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D147O) (NS905V: EA, ME, AUS, NZ) 61 1-757-697-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMM-035) 62 1-757-694-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMO-002) 63 1-757-693-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMO-001) 65 1-476-714-11 ENCODER, ROTARY 0101 1-468-650-11 POWER BLOCK (HS12S1U) (NS755V) 0101 1-468-651-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK (ETXNY393N2F) (NS705V) 0103 1-575-651-21 CORD, POWER (NS705V) 0103 1-783-531-11 CORD, POWER (NS755V) 0103 1-757-140-11 CORD, POWER (NS705V: AEP) 0103 1-823-597-11 CORD, POWER (NS755V) 0151 1-468-650-12 POWER BLOCK (HS12S1U) (NS915V: TW) POWER SUPPLY BLOCK POWER BLOCK (HS12S1U) POWER BLOCK (HS12S1F) 0151 1-468-651-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK (ETXNY393N2F) (NS905V/NS915V: HK, SP, MY, TH, PH, IA, VTM, KR) 0151 1-468-652-11 POWER BLOCK (HS12S1F) (NS915V: LA) 0153 1-575-651-21 CORD, POWER (NS905V: AEP, UK, RUS, EA, ME/NS915V: LA, HK, SP, MY, TH, PH, IA, VTM) 0153 1-782-752-31 CORD, POWER (NS915V: KR) 0153 1-790-588-11 CORD, POWER (NS905V: AUS, NZ) 0153 1-824-303-11 POWER-SUPPLY CORD (NS915V: TW) 0204 A-6062-709-A KHM-270AAA SERVICE ASSY ACCESSORIES ************ 0 1-770-019-12 ADAPTOR, CONVERSION PLUG 3P (NS705V: UK/NS905V: UK/NS915V: HK) 0 1-569-008-21 ADAPTOR, CONVERSION 2P (NS905V: EA/NS915V: LA) 1-751-271-11 CORD, CONNECTION 1-823-364-21 CORD, CONNECTION 3-075-801-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH) (NS705V: AEP/NS905V: AEP) 3-075-801-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (GERMAN) (NS705V: AEP/NS905V: AEP) 3-075-801-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ITALIAN) (NS705V: AEP/NS905V: AEP) 3-075-801-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DUTCH) (NS705V: AEP/NS905V: AEP) 3-075-801-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANISH) (NS705V: AEP/NS905V: AEP) 3-075-801-61 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (PORTUGUESE) (NS705V: AEP/NS905V: AEP) 3-075-802-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH) (NS705V: UK/NS905V: UK, RU) 3-075-802-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (RUSSIAN) (NS905V: RU) 3-075-802-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH) (NS905V: EA, ME, AUS, NZ) 3-075-802-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ARABIC) (NS905V: EA, ME) 3-075-803-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH) (NS755V/NS915V: HK, SP, MY, TH, PH, IA, VTM, TW, KR) 3-075-803-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH) (NS755V) 3-075-803-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANISH) (NS915V: LA) 3-075-803-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (TRADITIONAL CHINESE) (NS915V: HK, TW) 3-075-803-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SIMPLIFIED CHINESE) (NS915V: SP, MY, TH, PH, IA, VTM) 3-075-803-61 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KOREAN) (NS915V: KR) The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part num- ber specified. Les composants identifiés par une marque 0 sont critiques pour la sécurité. Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant le numéro spécifié. 8-20 E www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 180 – DVP-NS705V/NS755V/NS905V/NS915V Sony Corporation Home Video Campany 9-929-729-11 2002F0500-1 © 2002. 6 Published by Quality Assurance Dept. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com